Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Brokers / Mears Group / FY2012 Annual Report

Mears Group
Annual Report 2012

MER · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker MER
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Brokers
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Mears Group
Loading PDF…
Mears Group PLC 

Annual report and accounts 2012

Continuing to lead, 
succeed and innovate

…by responding to 
25 years of change

We maintain and improve homes as well 
as care for the people who live in them.

Every day we carry out more than 6,000 repairs 
to people’s homes. We also deliver over 8 million 
hours of care every year to vulnerable people, 
helping them to live in their own homes for longer.

Our history

Mears began life in 1988 as a small, private building 
contractor. We entered the support services market in 
1992 and after several key acquisitions, joined the London 
Stock Exchange Main Market in 2008. Mears today employs 
over 14,000 people across the UK. In partnership with our 
Social Housing clients, we maintain, repair and upgrade the 
homes of hundreds of thousands of people in communities 
from remote rural villages to large inner-city estates.

Investing in people 
pages 26 and 27 

New contract biddings pages 16 
and 18 

Company overview 
pages 2 to 11 

Our vision

Our vision is to make a positive difference to the communities 
we serve by improving homes, improving neighbourhoods and 
improving lives.

We do this by constantly striving to achieve the highest levels of 
customer satisfaction, efficiency and effectiveness in the social 
housing and home care services sectors.

Our approach is based on the development of outstanding partnerships 
with employees, clients, tenants, service users, their families and the 
wider community. Success enables us to create great opportunities 
for our employees and sustainable value for our shareholders.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

01

Company overview 
> 2012 highlights

2012 highlights

Group revenue (£m)

Group operating profit (£m)*

In this report

£679.5m

£33.7m

33.6

33.7

31.3

24.8

21.0

679.5

589.0

523.9

470.1

420.4

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Dividend per share (p)

Order book (£bn)

8.00p

£3.8bn

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

8.00

7.50

6.75

5.70

4.75

3.8

2.9

2.7

2.0

1.6

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Diluted earnings per share (p)**

27.75p

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

27.75

26.01

23.38

21.61

18.99

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Key performance 
indicators 
pages 8–11 

Five-year record 
page 104 

* 

 Before acquired intangible amortisation, 
exceptional costs and the trading loss 
of the recently acquired Morrison.

**   Before acquired intangible amortisation, 

exceptional costs and the trading loss 

of the recently acquired Morrison with 

an adjustment to reflect a full tax charge.

Company overview

2012 highlights 

Our business model  

Our markets  

Our strategy  

Key performance indicators 

Review of the year

Chairman’s statement 

Chief Executive’s review 

Financial review 

Risk management 

Corporate social responsibility 

Corporate governance 

Board of Directors 

Shareholder and corporate information 

Report of the Directors 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

Corporate governance statement 

Remuneration report  

Report of the independent auditor 

Financial statements

Principal accounting policies – Group  

Consolidated income statement 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 

Consolidated balance sheet 

Consolidated cash flow statement  

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Notes to the financial statements – Group  

Principal accounting policies – Company  

Parent company balance sheet  

Notes to the financial statements – Company 

01

02

04 

06

08

12

14

20

24

26

28

30

31

33

34

40

49

50

60

61

62

63

64

65

94

96

97

Five-year record 

104

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
02

Company overview 
> Our business model

01

Why our business is sustainable
Our focus is on maintaining excellence in service 
delivery. This drives our increasing market share 
and strong financial output.

Innovation, leadership and partnership

We partner with 
the right people

We invest in 
innovation

Our services 
are integrated

Our success is built on strong, 
long-term partnerships with 
Local Authorities and Housing 
Associations, as well as with 
community groups, supply chain 
partners, staff and our investors.

We focus on long-term outcomes 
for people and invest in innovations 
that make a positive impact on 
their quality of life and on their 
communities’ social, economical 
and environmental wellbeing.

Mears today employs over 
14,000 people across the UK. 
Health and wellbeing, socialisation 
and community integration and homes 
fit for purpose are all key elements 
in keeping people living happily, 
safely and securely at home.

A developmental approach

Thought leadership

Care and repair

Our approach is based on the development of 
outstanding partnerships with employees, clients, 
tenants, service users, their families and the wider 
community. Success enables us to create great 
opportunities for our employees and sustainable 
value for our shareholders.

The challenges of delivering service improvements 
at lower costs require innovative thinking and 
extensive consultation between all stakeholders. 
Mears is unique in providing a range of services 
that help address some of the major challenges 
our country faces: quality social housing, building 
communities, caring for the vulnerable 
and sustainability.

Integrating our range of services brings distinct 
advantages: care services workers are uniquely 
placed to identify potential problems or hazards 
that could cause an accident and giving people 
direct access to a complete range of services 
enables preventative measures to be taken quickly.

Local Authorities

Housing Associations

Community groups

Supply chain partnerships

Staff

Investors

MEARS

Repairs made every day

>6,000

Hours of care delivered per year

>8 million

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

03

Company overview 
> Our business model continued

Our values

We value our customers and communities, 
putting the needs of our customers at the 
heart of everything we do.

We value teamwork, supporting each other, 
sharing ideas and never excluding others.

We value personal responsibility, setting 
and achieving consistently high standards 
in our work and our conduct, and never 
adopting a negative attitude.

We value innovation, being inventive in our 
approach and never allowing conventional 
thinking or bureaucracy to get in the way.

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

Our services are targeted towards 
growing markets

We respond 
to change

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Mears is uniquely placed to benefit from the expected growth in both 
our core markets of Social Housing and Care. As leaders in these sectors, 
we will continue to innovate both in improving service quality and in 
finding long-term value for money solutions.

Our success in the past 25 years 
is down to an adaptable strategy 
that puts customers first, values 
quality leadership and benefits 
from our market-leading position.

Our markets

Social Housing
With several growth drivers in Social Housing, 
including consolidation of Landlords and 
Housing Associations, this trend leads to 
increasing opportunities for organisations 
such as Mears.

Care
The future of care is very positive. Demographic 
changes mean 1.7m more adults will require 
care over the next 20 years. A key factor is 
the increasing role that the NHS is taking 
in joint commissioning.

Making a positive difference

Our purpose is to make a positive difference to 
the communities we serve. We do this by constantly 
striving to achieve the highest levels of customer 
satisfaction, efficiency and effectiveness in the 
social housing and care sectors.

Social Housing operating profit

£24.0m

Care operating profit

£9.3m

Making people

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

Read our strategy in detail on 
pages 6 and 7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
04

Company overview 
> Our markets

02

Uniquely placed in growing markets
In the past 25 years we've grown to lead our markets and 
will continue to set ourselves apart from the competition 
through responding innovatively to opportunities.

Social  
Housing

Social Housing growth drivers and opportunities

»  Reduction in key competitors

»  Rent increases and Housing Revenue Account reform

»  Demand for social dwellings exceeds supply

»  More homes being built

»  Green refurbishments

Growth drivers and opportunities 
affecting both markets

»  Innovation

»  Leadership

»  Partnership

Care

Care growth drivers and opportunities

»  Care at home is usually most cost effective

»  NHS and Social Care integration

»  Prevention agenda

»  Outsourcing in-house services

»  Importance of scale

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

05

Company overview 
> Our markets continued

Read more about our 
Strategy review on 
pages 6 and 7 

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

Social Housing revenue (£m)

£504.7m

Social Housing revenue (%)
As a percentage of Group revenue

74%

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

500

400

300

200

100

0

504.7

415.0

355.3

379.4

282.0

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Care revenue (£m)

£112.6m

Care revenue (%)
As a percentage of Group revenue

17%

112.6

108.5

100.4

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

60.1

54.6

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Our approach to Social Housing

Within Social Housing, opportunities for greater local investment 
in stock have been created by the reform of the Housing Revenue 
Account. The Government has also increased the incentives to build 
new stock to help address the huge backlog in demand for Social 
Homes. We have seen weakness in our direct competitors, which 
has helped improve our already good bid win rates, with an increasing 
demand from Social Landlords for innovative solutions given their 
financial pressures.

We will continue to lead this sector through: 

»     Innovating our services around the customer, building on 

the 80% of tenants who already rate our service as excellent 

»     Making a positive contribution to local communities in terms 

of employment and training, tackling fuel poverty and building 
social inclusion 

»     Addressing new opportunities in the environmental space and, 

with Social Landlords, looking for new ways to meet the financial 
challenges facing them

Our approach to Care

Within Care, we see opportunities in the planned reform of the health 
and social care system, in improved commissioning approaches and 
in the general consolidation of the market towards larger, more efficient 
suppliers. We believe the move towards personalisation plays to 
our service quality strength, as does the opportunity created 
by this for more integrated housing and care services.

We will continue to lead this sector through: 

»    Integrating our Care and Social Housing services to give 
a unique and excellent service to vulnerable people 

»     Engaging with political stakeholders to ensure that policy 
creates opportunity to improve the service to the vulnerable 

»    Rolling out our new Care IT platform, which will improve 

the efficiency of our service delivery 

»    Maintaining our investment in the training and development 

of staff at all levels

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
06

Company overview 
> Our strategy

03

Our strategic goals
We have a clear and effective strategy to strengthen 
and leverage our two existing growth platforms 
of Social Housing and Care.

We respond to 
change through an 
adaptable strategy 
that puts service 
for tenants first.

Our mission

Our mission is to be the market leader in 
transforming the social housing and 
domiciliary care services environment, 
improving homes, improving neighbourhoods 
and improving lives.

More on how we measure our 
performance can be found on 
pages 8 to 11 

1
Quality leadership

Quality service yields competitive advantage 
The success of Mears is intrinsically linked to 
maintaining quality leadership in both our markets. 
For us, quality is a factor not only of direct customer 
satisfaction but also of the broader contributions 
we make to the communities in which we work.

»    Gaining external and internal recognition 

»    Creating trusted partnerships for the long term 

»    Being willing to share value 

»     Focusing on quality with sustainable margins 

»     Benchmarking ourselves versus other sectors as well as our own

»    To stretch our customer satisfaction target where 80% of tenants 

regard our service as excellent 

»      To exceed regulatory expectations within Care and Support as defined 

by Care Quality Commission (CQC) 

»    To have market-leading contract retention levels

Percentage of people rating service as excellent 

Customer complaints 

New contract bidding success rate 

Contract retention levels

Jobs completed on time

s
n
a
e
m
s
h
t

i

t
a
h
W

t
i

i

g
n
o
d
e
r
’
e
w
w
o
H

s
l
a
o
g
r
u
O

s
e
r
u
s
a
e
m
y
e
K

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

07

Company overview 
> Our strategy continued

Our strategy for the last 25 years, of delivering 

market-leading customer service to individuals 

and their communities, has been at the heart 

of our consistent track record of growth.

2
A customer-centric model

3
Market-leading performance

Putting our residents first 
All our services will be designed around the direct input 
of tenants and service users. Whether it’s the services 
we offer or the training we give to staff, our first thought 
will be the needs of our customers.

Integrated in-house IT and financial management 
for optimum performance  
Mears’ robust and sustainable performance is 
built on a bedrock of first-rate, in-house developed 
IT management systems, robust financial controls 
and an experienced management team. 

»    Continuing to deliver a Serving Communities plan in every locality 

»   Ensuring timely and focused key performance indicators (KPIs) 

in which we work 

management and reporting 

»  Integrating our Care and Repair services 

»   Providing a strong in-house IT development team giving market-leading 

»   Creating apprenticeships and work opportunities 

»   Putting residents at the front end of our service design 

IT capability 

»  Managing the supply chain through key partnerships 

»    Focusing on fast and efficient contact mobilisation capability

»  To further develop our leading approach to Serving Communities 

»    To continue to establish our market-leading position 

»   To demonstrate and deliver the benefits of integrating Care and 

»     To maintain our longstanding delivery on margin and cash 

Repair services 

»   To build networks of residents across the country to ensure 

best practice is transferred to the benefit of all

»    To successfully roll out Mears’ Care IT system 

»    To continue excellent compliance with regulatory frameworks 

Customer satisfaction levels where our services are integrated 

Revenue growth

Number of community projects carried out 

Operating margins

Number of apprenticeships and job experience opportunities 

Profit to cash conversion 

Levels of waste recycled

Accident frequency rate

Normalised diluted earnings per share

Order book growth

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
08

Company overview 
> Key performance indicators

04

How we measure our performance
Our KPIs are our most important measures of success. 
They’re divided between service-delivery measures, 
contract bidding measures and financial output.

Service delivery
Our service delivery leads the market and we continue to improve.

Percentage of people rating 
our service as excellent

The sector in general collects 
customer satisfaction data and reports 
on the percentage of customers who rate 
the service as satisfactory. Given that we 
are service leaders, it is not sufficient to 
benchmark ourselves by these standards. 
Our measurement is based on the percentage 
of people who rate the service as excellent. 
We conduct around 80,000 surveys per year 
by phone and directly with the customer via 
our operatives’ hand-held device (PDAs). 

Customer complaints

Jobs completed on time

Whilst we achieve high levels of service 
excellence, it is important that we monitor 
carefully the number of poor service incidents, 
that we deal effectively with each individual 
complaint and that we learn from underlying 
trends. We measure the number of complaints 
as a percentage of repair jobs delivered in 
the period.

Delivering to our promises is at the heart 
of Mears. Each of our contracts has specific 
targets around job completion time based 
on the nature of the work. Emergency jobs are 
typically undertaken same day while routine 
work will be scheduled into overall work plans. 
Having agreed the standards by type of work, 
it is obviously important that we stick to them. 

Our aim for this year was

Our aim for this year was

Our aim for this year was

>80%

Outcome

<0.30%

Outcome

80%

0.29%

>92%

Outcome

92%

75%

78%

77%

80%

80%

80

60

40

20

0

0.37%

0.34%

0.32%

0.30%

0.29%

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

0

100

80

60

40

20

0

89%

92%

91%

92%

92%

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Our aim for next year is

>80%

Our aim for next year is <0.28%

Our aim for next year is

>92%

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

09

Company overview 
> Key performance indicators continued

Contract bidding
We are recognised as being better, which drives our contract bidding success.

Social Housing new contract 
success rate

We tender £1–2bn of new opportunities each 
year. The average contract length is around 
six years in length. In order to achieve our 
organic growth forecasts, we monitor the 
proportion of new contracts secured as 
a proportion of total tendered works. 

Included in this performance measure 
are contract retentions on re-bid. In addition, 
being awarded contracts from new customer 
relationships are key in order to achieve 
sustained growth.

Order book growth

Revenue secured 

We typically secure long-term contracts 
with our clients. Our Social Housing contracts 
average six years in duration and our Care 
contracts are typically shorter at around 
three years. Our order book includes an 
aggregate value of the future revenues that 
have been secured and will be delivered in 
future years. We only place a value against 
orders which are contractually secure and 
where the delivery of the works are highly 
probable. We do not include Social Housing 
framework arrangements within our order 
book as the value is considered uncertain. 
The order book valuation excludes indexation. 
The order book, which includes contract 
extensions, stretches to 2032. The order 
book growth in 2012 was enhanced by 
the transformational acquisition of Morrison 
which added around £0.9bn of secured orders.

We typically secure long-term contracts 
with our clients, with Social Housing and 
Care contracts on average six years and 
three years in duration respectively. Typically 
there is a period of around three months 
between the notification of the award and 
commencement. It is therefore imperative 
that at the start of any financial year, 
a significant proportion of that year’s orders 
are already secured. At 31 December 2012, 
our visibility of Social Housing revenues is 
94%. However, the Group visibility has been 
significantly diluted by Other Services which 
has secured only 50% of its consensus 
forecast revenues for 2013.

Our aim for this year was

Our aim for this year was

Our aim for this year was

33%

Outcome

40

30

20

10

0

32%

43%

31%

30%

29%

32%

+10%

Outcome

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

25%

14%

+31%

35%

31%

7%

95%

Outcome

88%

92%

88%

93%

95%

88%

100

80

60

40

20

0

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Our aim for next year is

33%

Our aim for next year is +10%

Our aim for next year is

95%

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10

Company overview 
> Key performance indicators continued

04

How we measure our performance
Continued

Financial outputs
Our strong financial performance is a result of our differentiated service delivery.

Social Housing maintenance 
revenue – organic revenue growth

Social Housing – 
operating margin

Care – revenue growth

Revenue represents the amounts due for 
services provided during the year. In order to 
measure organic growth, we deduct revenue 
derived from assets that have been acquired. 
Whilst acquisitions form part of our growth 
aspirations in Social Housing, we believe 
that organic growth gives a better indication 
of business performance, as it is a purer 
aggregation of market growth, success in 
new contract bidding and contract retention. 
We also exclude the impact of revenues from 
the Decent Homes initiative as this area of 
the business is short term in nature. Our 
key focus continues to be our long-term, 
non-discretionary, maintenance revenues. 

Social Housing operating margin gives a strong 
indication of profitability. We continually monitor 
our operating margin and manage our costs 
base to ensure that our services are delivered 
efficiently. Operating margin is struck before 
amortisation, share-based payment charges 
and exceptional items. We have consistently 
delivered a higher margin than our competitors. 
This has been due in part to being selective as 
to which new contract opportunities we tender. 
Our desire is to work with clients who focus 
on quality and value for money, and not simply 
the base price. The margin is also an indication 
as to the quality of our people and the quality 
of our systems.

Our aim for this year was

Our aim for this year was

Revenue represents the amounts due for goods 
and services provided during the year. Our 
strategy in Care is to grow our existing business 
organically whilst making further strategic 
acquisitions to increase the services that we 
can offer to our clients. Our ambition is to be 
in a position to provide a complete solution for 
our service users. Typically, we look to acquire 
a small, regional operation that possesses 
a required specialism. We then look to use 
that acquisition as a platform to tender more 
contracts of this nature across the rest of 
the UK. We believe that the revenue growth 
and operating margin performance indicators 
cannot be considered singularly. It is a fine 
balance between growing the top line whilst 
maintaining our operating margin. Whilst revenue 
growth is a key performance measure, the 
quality of our service delivery and our operating 
margin will always take precedence.
Our aim for this year was

+10%

Outcome

+29%

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

5.7%

Outcome

+19%

5%

Outcome

5.7%

+4%

+67%

+18%

+19%

+14%

+14%

6.1%

6.0%

6.0%

5.8%

5.7%

6.2

5.9

5.6

5.3

5.0

60 

45

30

15

0

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

+10%

2009

+8%

+4%

2010

2011

2012

Our aim for next year is +10%

Our aim for next year is
*  A blend of 5.7% on the existing business, 
1.0% on the acquired Morrison business.

4.3%*

Our aim for next year is

+2%

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

11

Company overview 
> Key performance indicators continued

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

Care – operating margin

Profit to cash conversion

Normalised diluted EPS

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The efficiency with which the Group manages 
working capital remains a cornerstone of 
our business. The Group closely monitors 
the conversion of profit into cash. The key 
measure is cash inflow from operating 
activities as a proportion of EBITA.

Normalised earnings are stated 
before exceptional costs and exclude the 
amortisation of acquisition intangibles together 
with an adjustment to reflect a full tax charge. 
We believe that a normalised diluted EPS 
measure gives a true assessment of operational 
performance, the analysis of trends over time, 
the comparison of different businesses and the 
projection of future performance. The number 
of shares in issue allows for the potentially 
diluting impact of outstanding share options.

The Care operating margin gives a strong 
indication of profitability. We continually 
monitor our operating margin and manage 
our costs base to ensure that our services 
are delivered efficiently. Operating margin 
is struck before amortisation, share-based 
payment charges and exceptional items. 
Care remains an environment where services 
continue to be purchased predominantly on 
price. We believe therefore that the revenue 
growth and operating margin performance 
indicators cannot be considered singularly. 
It is a fine balance between growing the top 
line whilst at all times protecting our operating 
margin. The acquisition of the Supported 
Living division of Choices Care provides 
the Group the capabilities to deliver more 
acute services that typically command 
a higher margin.

Our aim for this year was

Our aim for this year was

Our aim for this year was

8.0%

Outcome

8

6

4

2

0

5.6%

5.2%

8.3%

7.5%

8.0%

8.3%

80%

Outcome

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

43%

118%

103%

89%

85%

118%

+8.0%

Outcome

15.5%

13.8%

15

10

5

0

+6.7%

11.2%

8.2%

6.7%

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Our aim for next year is

8.0%

Our aim for next year is

>80%

Our aim for next year is +7.0%

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12

Review of the year 
> Chairman’s statement

A year of significant progress
Mears identified significant strategic and operational synergy 
benefits from the acquisition of Morrison. The acquisition 
reinforces Mears’ position as the leading Social Housing 
repairs and maintenance provider in the UK.

I am delighted to report record results with 
revenues of £679.5m (2011: £589.0m), including 
growth in Social Housing and Care of 22% and 
4% respectively. Profit before tax prior to the 
inclusion of Morrison increased to £33.6m* 
(2011: £31.5m). The normalised diluted earnings 
per share on the same basis increased by 
7% to 27.75p* (2011: 26.01p). The Board is 
recommending a final dividend of 5.70p per 
share (2011: 5.35p), making 8.00p per share 
for the year, an increase of 7%.

I am particularly pleased with our continuing 
strong working capital management with cash 
generated from operations as a proportion of 
EBITA amounting to 118% (2011: 85%). Cash 
management continues to be a key focus 
within the Group.

2012 saw the transformational acquisition 
of Morrison, our most significant Social Housing 
competitor. Mears identified significant strategic 
and operational synergy benefits from the 
acquisition of Morrison. The acquisition reinforces 
Mears’ position as the leading Social Housing 
repairs and maintenance provider in the UK 
and sees the Group’s order book increase to 
£3.8bn (2011: £2.9bn). Mears has an excellent track 
record in terms of service delivery and profitability 
and a strong track record of turning around, 
integrating and extracting substantial value 
from acquired businesses. 

*  Before acquired intangible amortisation, exceptional costs 

and the trading loss of the recently acquired Morrison.

Bob Holt Chairman

In summary

»   The demand for our services continues to be very strong, with a bid pipeline in excess 
of £3.0bn, with immediate bidding opportunities for contracts due to start in the 
course of the next twelve months in the region of £1.7bn. Order book has increased 
to £3.8bn (2011: £2.9bn) driven by the transformational acquisition of Morrison.

»   We enter the current year with visibility of 88% of the £900m consensus revenue 
forecast for 2013. Moreover, we have visibility over 66% of the £950m consensus 
revenue forecast for 2014 which demonstrates our strong position and the 
long-term nature of our business.

»   We expect our Social Housing business to continue to grow through further contract 
wins, underpinned by our market-leading service delivery and, where appropriate, 
regional in-fill acquisitions. 

»   In our Care business, we will continue to move further up the acuity chain, principally 
through acquisition. This will increase our ability to respond to growing opportunities 
from health and social care outsourcing and the implementation of new localised 
commissioning models.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

13

Review of the year 
> Chairman’s statement continued

Group revenue

Order book

£679.5m
(2011: £589.0m)

£3.8bn
(2011: £2.9bn)

In our Care business, the focus has been to 
balance delivering high quality service at 
sustainable margins with service innovation. 
In 2012, this approach continued to resonate 
with both our existing and new customers. 
Moreover, we are starting to see new contracts 
emerge which reflect the fundamental challenges 
in care. Whilst this evolution has been slower than 
we and many of our stakeholders would like, it does 
appear to have gathered momentum in 2012. 
Through the course of the year, we have been at 
the forefront of change in the sector and remain 
strategically well placed to take advantage of 
the current and long-term trends in care.

Record order book
It should be remembered that Mears brought 
about a significant change in how social housing 
work is procured within a partnership arrangement. 
These partnerships now underpin an order 
book at £3.8bn. The demand for our services 
continues to be very strong, with a bid pipeline 
in excess of £3.0bn and with immediate bidding 
opportunities for contracts due to start within 
twelve months in the region of £1.7bn. We enter 
the current year with visibility of 88% of the 
£902m consensus revenue forecast for 2013. 
Moreover, we have visibility over 66% of the 
£955m consensus revenue forecast for 2014 
which demonstrates our strong position and 
the long-term nature of our business.

We are well placed to benefit from 
the immediate bid pipeline and the wider 
contracting opportunities in our core markets. 
Our relationship with our customers continues 
to be strong and our partnering ethos is 
recognised and appreciated widely. We are 
delighted that customers choose Mears in 
awarding, as well as renewing, contracts 
to the Group across an array of activities.

Committed employees
I commend our employees for their 
commitment and energy throughout another 
significant year for the Group. I continue to be 
impressed by the quality, professionalism and 
loyalty displayed by our people. We will return 
this commitment with appropriate investment 
in their development. Given we work in some 
of the most deprived communities in the 
UK, we take our responsibilities regarding 
employment extremely seriously. 

We currently have almost 400 people enrolled in 
apprenticeship and job experience programmes 
within Mears. We are proud of the many practical 
and local opportunities we are able to create in 
these challenging times. 

Positive outlook
We operate in robust and defensive markets 
where spend is largely non-discretionary. 
We continue to place great emphasis on winning 
good quality contracts that can provide clear 
and sustainable margins, whilst at the same 
time providing a first class service and value 
offering for our clients. We will continue to 
differentiate ourselves through tenant-centric 
customer service and proposition innovations 
developed in partnership with our customers, 
combined with robust finances.

We expect our Social Housing business to 
continue to grow through further contract wins, 
underpinned by our market-leading service delivery 
and, where appropriate, regional in-fill acquisitions. 
In our Care business, we will continue to move 
further up the acuity chain, principally through 
acquisition. This will increase our ability to respond 
to growing opportunities from health and social 
care outsourcing and the implementation of new 
localised commissioning models. We will look 
to enhance and broaden our offering through 
partnerships and acquisitions.

I look forward to bringing you news of further 
success during the coming year.

Bob Holt
Chairman
bob.holt@mearsgroup.co.uk
9 April 2013

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14

Review of the year 
> Chief Executive’s review

Driving towards excellence
 Service quality remains our key differentiator. Whilst the Group 
is delighted at the strong performance delivered in terms of 
both new contract bidding and ultimately the financial outputs, 
it is important to remember that it is service quality that has 
always underpinned our success.

Group performance
This has been another year of significant progress. 
We have seen the Group reinforce and further 
consolidate its market-leading position in the 
Social Housing sector with the transformational 
acquisition of Morrison, our most significant 
competitor. The acquisition of Morrison enhances 
Mears’ order book in terms of both volumes and 
contract profile and strengthens our ability to 
secure larger tenders. The continued focus on 
providing first class, value for money customer 
service through our partnership ethos has 
ensured a better than expected retention rate 
on the acquired Morrison business as well as 
driving further new contract bidding success.

Morrison had encountered significant operational 
challenges having pursued an aggressive growth 
strategy at the expense of operating margin and 
service delivery. Whilst in aggregate the Morrison 
contracts that we acquired are currently generating 
an operating loss, we are making good progress 
in moving towards extracting value from these 
contracts. Mears has a strong track record of 
turning around, integrating and extracting 
substantial value from acquired businesses, along 
with an excellent track record in terms of service 
delivery and profitability. Mears identified significant 
strategic and operational synergy benefits from the 
acquisition of Morrison. The period since acquisition 
has seen a positive reaction to the transaction 
across the Morrison client base. We are now at 
an advanced stage in restructuring the senior 
operational management and social housing 
support functions. Whilst this has, as anticipated, 
realised significant financial synergies, it has also 
provided an opportunity to combine the strengths 
of both organisations and enhance operational 
delivery and control. Our operational, financial and 
development platforms are stronger than ever.

At Group level, revenues increased by 15% 
to £679.5m (2011: £589.0m), with organic growth 
being 7%. Operating profit before the acquisition 
of Morrison increased to £33.7m* (2011: £33.6m*) 
with operating margin reducing to 5.3%* (2011: 5.7%*), 
predominantly impacted by the operating losses 
of £1.6m (2011: profit £1.3m) of the Other 
Services division. 
*  Before acquired intangible amortisation, exceptional costs 

and share-based payments.

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

David Miles Chief Executive Officer

In summary

»  Group

 The acquisition of Morrison enhances Mears’ order book in terms of both volumes and 
contract profile and strengthens our ability to secure larger tenders. Whilst the Morrison 
contracts are currently generating an operating loss, Mears has a strong track record 
of turning around, integrating and extracting substantial value from acquired businesses, 
along with an excellent track record in terms of service delivery and profitability.

»  Social Housing

 The year has seen the most intense period of new contract mobilisation in the Group’s 
history with the commencement of nine new social housing contracts. The mobilisation 
phase of each of these contracts is now complete.

»  Care

 The Care division reported growth of 4% with revenues increasing to £112.5m (2011: £108.5m)
and increased operating margins to 8.3% (2011: 8.0%). The growth in margin has been 
achieved through identifying and delivering additional synergies, together with a change 
in sales mix as the division delivers some higher acuity and higher margin services.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

 
 
 
C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

“ Mears has an excellent 
track record in terms of 
service delivery and profitability 
and a strong track record of 
turning around, integrating and 
extracting substantial value 
from acquired businesses.”

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

15

Review of the year 
> Chief Executive’s review continued 

Social Housing revenue

Care revenue

£504.7m
(2011: £415.0m)

£112.6m
(2011: £108.5m)

Divisional performance 

£m

Revenue

Social Housing 
(excluding Morrison)

Care

Other Services

Result before 
acquisition of Morrison

Share-based payments

Acquisition – Morrison

Total

459.7

112.6

62.3

634.5

—

45.0

679.5

2012

Operating
profit*

Margin

Revenue

2011

Operating
profit*

26.3

9.3

(1.6)

34.0

(0.3)

(2.3)

31.4

5.7%

8.3%

(2.5%)

5.4%

—

(5.1%)

4.6%

415.0

108.5

65.5

589.0

—

—

589.0

23.9

8.7

1.3

33.8

(0.2)

—

33.6

Margin

5.8%

8.0%

1.9%

5.7%

—

— 

5.7% 

*  Before acquired intangible amortisation and exceptional costs.

Social Housing
The 2012 financial year has seen the most 
intense period of new contract mobilisations 
in the Group’s history with the commencement 
of nine new Social Housing contracts. Each 
mobilisation brought the additional challenge 
of a new customer relationship. The mobilisation 
phase of each of these contracts is now complete. 
Typically the Group anticipates a low margin from 
a new contract during its mobilisation phase, this 
being a time when it is critical that the necessary 
processes are put in place, whilst at the same 
time focusing on excellent customer service. Whilst 
these mobilisations gave a reduced margin in the 
first half of the year, operating margins bounced 
back in the second half of the year and the blended 
full-year margin was in line with normal levels.

The Social Housing business has continued to 
perform well. The Decent Homes programme is 
now substantially complete. Mears has seen over 
£90.0m of annualised Decent Homes revenues 
drop away over the last three years, with 2012 being 
the final drop-off with a reduction of £32.1m in 
revenues. Capital works, including Decent Homes, 
now contribute less than 10% of Social Housing 
revenues. It is pleasing that over the period in which 
the Decent Homes revenue has fallen away, the 
Group has successfully replaced this revenue with 
higher quality, non-discretionary maintenance 
revenues. Our core Social Housing maintenance 
operations reported organic growth of 19%.

£m

2011 revenue

Impact of acquisitions

Decent Homes expiry

Organic growth

2012 revenue

Organic growth

Social Housing
total

Core
maintenance

415.0 

45.0 

(32.1)

76.8 

504.7 

350.8 

45.0 

—

66.8 

462.6 

19%

Capital
projects

64.2 

— 

(32.1)

10.0 

42.1 

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16

Review of the year 
> Chief Executive’s review continued

“ We operate in robust and defensive markets where spend is 
largely non-discretionary. We continue to place great emphasis 
on winning good quality contracts that can provide clear and 
sustainable margins, whilst at the same time providing a first 
class service and value offering for our clients.”

Social Housing – new contract bidding

The Group has continued to experience significant success in winning new 
contracts. In Social Housing we have won 32% (by value) of all contracts bid, 
with a total value in excess of £380m. The most significant awards include: 

United Welsh 
This award is a substantial strategic partnership with United Welsh for an initial 
period of eight years with an option to extend for a further seven years, valued 
at up to £145m over the 15-year period. The contract includes a wide range of 
services to the housing stock and estates covering eleven Local Authority regions 
in Wales. Services provided include responsive repairs, voids, gas servicing and 
breakdown, fire servicing and installation, grounds maintenance, cleaning and 
estate services. The contract is due to commence in April 2013 and represents the 
Group’s second significant contract award in Wales over the last twelve months.

Richmond Housing Partnership 
A contract with Richmond Housing Partnership to provide responsive repairs, 
gas repairs and servicing, voids repairs and planned maintenance services to 
circa 8,700 properties. This award is particularly pleasing given that this is a 
renewal of our first material partnering contract awarded to the Group back 
in 2001. This demonstrates our success in renewing contracts with existing 
clients. The contract, which is for a five-year period with an option to extend 
for a further five years, is valued at £80m and will commence in April 2013.

London Borough of Southwark
This is a significant contract with Southwark Council following the early 
termination with the incumbent contractor. This is for an initial one-year period 
to provide responsive repairs and void maintenance to over 20,000 properties 
within the London Borough of Southwark. This contract is valued at £11m and 
commenced in October 2012.

Brunswick PFI
S4B, the Equitix-led partnership that includes Mears and Contour Homes, 
has been officially confirmed as preferred bidder for the Brunswick PFI social 
housing estate-based regeneration scheme which will involve the creation of 
a new residential neighbourhood in central Manchester. Mears will refurbish 
a further 653 homes and provide facilities management services under the 
project. The contract, which is expected to commence in June 2013, is valued 
at £70m.

Divisional performance continued
Social Housing continued
The Social Housing bid pipeline remains robust 
which further supports our confidence that we 
can continue to deliver solid organic growth in both 
the short and medium term. The impact of the 
acquisition of Morrison added revenues of £45.0m. 
The Group has been delighted at the positive 
reaction of Morrison customers to the acquisition. 
Annual revenues from Morrison in the future are 
now anticipated to be in excess of £200m. The 
operating loss of £2.3m generated by Morrison 
in the period between 7 November 2012 and 
the year end was in line with expectations. The 
Group is optimistic that it can deliver synergies 
in excess of the £8.0m originally forecast 
as a result of combining the Social Housing 
divisional support functions. Furthermore, 
the Group anticipates increased profitability 
through enhanced operational delivery, 
migration to the Group’s Social Housing 
IT platform and better procurement.

I am delighted that our Social Housing division 
continues to report improving service delivery 
notwithstanding the high standards already 
being achieved. The proportion of customers 
rating our service as excellent stands at 80% 
(2011: 80%). Typically others in the sector 
measure only satisfaction whereas our drive 
has always been for excellence. We have also 
seen the lowest ever level of complaints as a 
percentage of work carried out across all work 
types in the period, at 0.29% (2011: 0.30%). 
Service quality remains our key differentiator. 
Whilst the Group is delighted at the strong 
performance delivered in terms of both new 
contract bidding and ultimately the financial 
outputs, it is important to remember that it is 
service quality that has always underpinned our 
success. I want to particularly highlight that the 
Repairs and Maintenance arm of Mears became 
the first major private sector contractor in the 
housing industry to win the highly accredited 
Government Customer Service Excellence 
standard. The accreditation covers all of our 
Repairs and Maintenance branches in the UK.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

17

Review of the year 
> Chief Executive’s review continued

Service excellence*

80%
(2011: 80%)

Customer complaints 

0.29%
(2011: 0.30%)

 * Percentage of people rating Mears’ service as excellent.

Care
The Board is pleased with the performance of the 
Care division in terms of both the quality of service 
delivery and its strong financial performance. The 
Care division reported growth of 4% with revenues 
increasing to £112.6m (2011: £108.5m). This growth 
in Care revenues includes the full year impact 
of the acquisition of Choices Community Care 
(in administration) which came into the Group in 
August 2011. The underlying organic growth was 
1%. We had 100% contract retention in 2012 and 
over half our new work was procured from new 
customers. At the same time, we increased our 
already impressive operating margin to 8.3% 
(2011: 8.0%), a tremendous achievement given 
that the Care sector remains a challenging 
environment. The growth in margin has been 
achieved through identifying and delivering 
additional synergies, together with a change 
in sales mix as the division delivers some 
higher acuity and higher margin services.

2012 has seen us respond to, and in some cases 
lead, industry change and service innovation. We 
have leveraged our Choices acquisition to address 
supported living work, for instance, helping people 
with learning disabilities. We have led the way on 
the development of the first care contracts where 
vendor payments are based on the quality of the 
outcome for the recipient rather than the quantum 
of the inputs; clearly, these arrangements favour 
a high quality, service-delivery focused business 
such as ours. This has been a key area of focus for 
Mears given our experience within Social Housing 
of this type of commissioning, which is much better 
suited to rewarding quality. Whilst still very much 
in the minority as a form of commissioning, it is 
pleasing to see that the door has now been opened. 
We have secured work directly from the NHS 
in 2012 in complex areas, such as coordinated 
hospital discharge programmes. This reflects 
the trend towards the joint commissioning of 
NHS and Local Authority services. We continue to 
believe that a market-leading approach to service 
quality and innovation through the application of 
technology puts the Group in a strong position. 

Whilst the immediate budget pressures and 
structural change have stalled short-term 
market growth, we continue to see this sector 
as providing significant medium and long-term 
growth opportunities.

Other Services 
Mears’ Other Services predominantly comprises 
its Mechanical & Electrical (M&E) operation. This 
division has experienced particularly challenging 
trading conditions during the second half of 2012 
which show no signs of abating in 2013. The M&E 
environment is currently highly competitive and 
pricing is keen. The Group will not change its pricing 
model in response to the current challenges; 
instead the division is being downsized to match 
the orders currently secured. Notwithstanding this, 
the M&E pipeline continues to include a number of 
significant opportunities. The M&E division reported 
an operating loss of £1.6m (2011: profit £1.3m). 
Whilst the financial performance of the M&E 
division is disappointing, the Group is responding 
to these challenges to ensure that this division 
does not continue to trade at a loss for an 
extended period.

Energy saving and environmental 
opportunities
The Government continues to look for 
solutions to tackle fuel poverty and carbon 
reduction challenges in housing. The flagship 
policy for this is the Green Deal, launched in 
January 2013, which includes a new Energy 
Company Obligation (ECO) to replace the 
existing CESP and CERT schemes. 

January 2013 saw us completing one of the 
largest Fuel Poverty schemes in the UK within 
the Charlton Triangle in London. This £15m scheme 
has reduced the average fuel bill of a tenant by 
between £300 and £660 per year. Large schemes 
are also being conducted in Preston and Glasgow, 
where Mears has obtained funding for the 
benefit of our clients in these two cities. 

We have already obtained the key accreditations 
needed for us to participate fully in this growing 

opportunity, particularly around ECO, and are 
forging strong relationships with energy providers 
to ensure our clients get the maximum benefit 
possible from this new funding source. Given 
our scale and reach, we are well placed to fulfil 
our ambition to become the leading provider of 
ECO-based solutions to the Social Housing sector.

Sector developments
Social Housing
In 2012 those Local Authorities which have 
retained their council housing function saw the 
finance of their operations being brought onto a 
similar footing to that of Housing Associations. 
This new decentralised decision making has 
put Local Authorities in the driving seat for 
determining the future of the direct local 
housing offer they can make to their 
communities. This may, in 2013 and beyond, 
lead to an increasing level of new housing. 
Housing Associations, together with the 
Government’s Homes and Communities Agency, 
have been acclimatising to the new affordable 
rent regime. This hybrid rental approach, which 
bridges the social rent to private rent gap, is 
a challenge to their business plans. It is the 
private rental sector that currently promises 
to respond to the future housing needs of the 
country in the most flexible way. Mears will 
continue its active exploration of this dynamic 
area of the housing market, building on the 
arrangements we have in place servicing 
Fizzy Living, Thames Valley Housing’s 
private renting programme. 

Both Local Authorities and Housing Associations 
will be preparing for the impact of the Welfare 
Reform, which will in many cases change the 
relationship between tenants and landlords. 
We will be looking at how we can assist in 
making the new arrangements work for both 
parties. As in previous years we will be very 
careful with regards to which opportunities 
we pursue to ensure that we maintain our 
commitment to high quality, reliable services 
to both clients and tenants alike. 

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18

Review of the year 
> Chief Executive’s review continued

“ We have led the way on the development of the first Care contracts 
where vendor payments are based on the quality of the outcome 
rather than the quantity of the inputs; clearly, these arrangements 
favour a high quality, service-delivery focused business like ours.”

New contract bidding – Care

In Care, contract bidding success rate (by value) of all contracts bid was 57% 
of all contracts bid, amounting to a total value of £63m, including: 

Cambridgeshire County Council
A strategic partnership to work alongside the Council to find new innovative ways 
to improve services. The contract term is five years with a potential for a further 
two-year extension. Over 30 providers are being removed from the Cambridgeshire 
Framework as part of this tender. Annual revenues with Cambridgeshire are 
expected to grow from £2m to £3m, with further upside potential. 

Stoke-on-Trent
A contract worth £2.4m over three years. This is a new client for Mears and 
one which was particularly impressed by Mears’ integrated approach to housing 
and care as well as our innovative thinking around commissioning for outcomes. 
A new branch has been established in the City and we will use this as a hub for 
other emerging opportunities throughout the area including within housing.

Brighton and Hove City Council
We have more than doubled our existing work in Brighton following a further 
contract win worth £3.7m over three years. This is an exciting opportunity given 
our strong housing presence in the City. We are joining up our service to provide 
a Care and Repair service to those people who live in Social Housing properties 
where we are also providing Care.

Newham
This is a contract worth £4.1m over two years, with over 3,000 hours of care 
per week for independent living support services, providing personal support 
for adults including those with enhanced needs.

We have continued to develop our partnership thinking into new areas. Our work 
with Tunstall on the implementation of the largest telecare project in the UK 
has gone very well and is attracting interest from other councils, following 
the Government’s stated intent to drive the use of assistive technology. 

We have also secured a contract with Allianz Global Assistance who is looking to 
add Personal Care at Home onto Personal Accident Plans, so in the event of an 
accident, not only will the customer receive a cash pay out, they will also receive 
physical support with a Personal Care at Home package to support them through 
their rehabilitation period. Whilst we have not placed a value upon this within 
our order book, it is potentially a significant new opportunity.

Sector developments continued
Care
Across the Group we continue to see both the 
advantages of joined up service provision that 
pulls agencies and partners together across 
the health, care and housing sectors and the 
shortfalls when this approach is absent. 
We appreciate that the Governments, and 
many progressive agencies, share this 
objective but it is not yet a common reality.

The nature of our nation’s ageing population 
means that the Government’s role in the provision 
of care services will always be core to its success. 
There are currently 10,000 people aged over 100 
in the UK. This figure is estimated to grow to in 
excess of 1m by 2070. Although this is recognised 
across the political spectrum we are still some 
way away from the new financial policy framework 
that the Dilnot review advocated in late 2010.

We are acutely aware that public spending is 
being necessarily constrained and that Local 
Authorities are in a tough position, faced with 
demand from their communities, yet having 
increasingly constrained resources. Despite 
this we have seen signs of real and active 
consideration of value for money, as opposed 
to just unit cost, through outcome-based 
care commissioning and we have witnessed 
the positive impact this has had on 
individual clients.

These enlightened approaches are still not 
commonplace. In this regard we were pleased 
to support the Local Government Information Unit 
(LGIU) on a joint study, published in the autumn, 
on this topic – Outcomes Matter: Effective 
Commissioning in Domiciliary Care. This research 
re-affirmed that although there is increasing 
awareness of the benefits of outcome focused 
care packages, day-to-day practices are 
still input dominated. 

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

19

Review of the year 
> Chief Executive’s review continued

Safety training delivered

Jobs completed on time

19,000hrs

By SHE department

92%
(2011: 92%)

Training and development
In 2012 we cemented our commitment to 
developing our people by establishing a new 
corporate learning and development strategy 
and central team. As we continue to grow, the 
strategy will ensure that best practice is shared 
across the business, that activity represents 
value for money and that we have in place 
structured plans that will support the needs 
and future growth of the Group. 

We will continue to invest in the future 
generation of success. At the beginning of 
2013, Mears employed almost 400 apprentices, 
boosted by the acquisition of Morrison. As the 
2012 graduate trainees prepare to complete 
their programme, we have committed to a 2013 
intake of high potential people who will benefit 
from two years of intensive development to 
prepare them for roles as future leaders of 
our business. In addition, our corporate strategy 
includes the establishment of an internal talent 
scheme which will recognise the potential of 
our existing workforce and maximise the 
retention of our most promising people. 

We are delighted to have been awarded 
National Skills Academy Status by the 
Construction Industry Training Board in 
five regions of the UK. This will attract 
significant additional funding each year 
for three years through a programme of 
planned skills development. This includes 
supporting our supply chain to develop 
their capability to support the Group through 
formal qualifications and improved leadership 
and management skills. It also complements 
our existing comprehensive programme of 
community investment by recognising the 
value of work experience, apprenticeships 
and support for school and college students. 

In early 2013 we will re-launch our technical 
training centre from a Welwyn base. The centre 
provides up-skilling across a wide range of trade 
disciplines in a cost-effective way, helping to 
increase productivity, quality and efficiency.

We are also introducing a ‘Future Leaders 
Scheme’ to encourage the stars of the future, 
whether they are graduates or non-graduates, 
to join the Mears family. They will spend time 
in various areas of the business and be mentored 
by existing leaders and this will form part of 
our commitment to succession planning and 
talent development within the Group.

Our communities
We have operations throughout the UK and 
all our branches are dedicated to helping to 
improve people’s lives. We work in some of 
the most socially deprived areas of the country 
and so we feel a strong sense of responsibility 
toward the wider community. Helping a 
community to thrive increases the quality 
of life for residents and supports community 
cohesion and development. Commitment 
to local communities is seen at every level 
of the organisation and during 2012 our staff 
volunteered over 22,000 hours and supported 
around 650 community projects across the UK.

David Miles
Chief Executive Officer
david.miles@mearsgroup.co.uk
9 April 2013

In these constrained times we expect Care 
and Repair services to become more valuable 
as they intervene early, are highly cost effective 
and are a simple and straightforward way 
of enabling vulnerable and older people to 
be assisted to either remain comfortably 
in their own homes or sensibly move to 
more appropriate housing. 

An example of this approach is the innovative 
housing options service Mears delivers across 
Dorset in association with the County Council, the 
six District Councils and in partnership with the 
NHS and Adult Social Care. We provide support, 
information and advocacy to help people make an 
informed decision on their future accommodation 
needs. Should this result in them deciding not to 
move we can often help them to stay within their 
own homes by installing aids and adaptations 
to make their current home more manageable 
for the future. 

Safety, health and environment (SHE)
The year 2012 not only proved to be a safer year 
than 2011 but we also trained more operatives 
and managers, improved our recycling rates and 
reduced our waste costs. In 2012 we introduced 
new systems and procedures in response to new 
legislation and raised the KPI targets for all SHE 
staff. We achieved the RoSPA President’s Award 
for ten consecutive gold medals. Whilst the number 
of employees increased, our accidents have 
reduced by around 8%. 

Through our partnership with Network Waste, 
we have improved our recycling rates to over 90%.

Through development of in-house courses, 
not only are we now bringing more specific 
courses to our workforce but also reducing our 
training costs. We have continued to increase 
our focus on safety within our Care division 
thorough enhanced training together with new 
procedures and monitoring systems. Over the 
course of the year, the SHE department has 
delivered over 19,000 hours of safety training 
to both Mears’ employees and clients’ staff. 

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20

Review of the year 
> Financial review

Managing risk and financial control
This Financial Review provides further key information in respect 
of the financial performance and financial position of the Group.

Financial performance
This Financial Review provides further 
key information in respect of the financial 
performance and financial position of the 
Group, to the extent that this is not already 
covered within the Chief Executive’s Review.

Exceptional costs
Costs of £2.9m (2011: £3.1m) were considered to 
be non-recurring and exceptional in nature. Notably:

»   During the year, the Group completed the 
acquisition of Morrison Facilities Services 
Limited. Transaction costs associated with 
this acquisition amounted to £0.8m and were 
expensed in the period. The costs relating to 
the acquisition would previously have been 
capitalised and included within goodwill.

»   The Group incurred integration and restructuring 
costs of £2.0m relating to the acquisition. 
The Group identified significant synergies from 
the combination of two leading Social Housing 
maintenance providers. The majority of the 
efficiencies are expected to be generated from 
the combination of the two support service 
functions. The costs incurred relate to redundancy 
costs together with office closure costs. Given 
the acquisition was completed late in 2012, 
much of the cost of integration will be incurred 
in 2013. As previously signalled, we anticipate 
the final cost of integration across both 
years will be in the region of £8.0m.

Amortisation of acquisition intangibles
A charge for amortisation of acquisition intangibles 
of £8.0m (2011: £7.8m) arose in the period. This 
charge relates to a number of acquisitions in 
both Social Housing and Care over the recent years. 
The acquisition of Morrison has resulted in the 
identification of acquisition intangibles of £20.3m. 
This resulted in a small increase in amortisation in 
the period given that the acquisition was completed 
late in the year. The charge in 2013 will increase 
significantly reflecting a full-year effect.

Andrew Smith Finance Director

In summary

»  Earnings

 The normalised diluted EPS, before the impact of the Morrison acquisition, 
increased by 7.7% to 27.75p (2011: 26.01p). The normalised diluted EPS after 
the impact of the Morrison acquisition increased to 26.06p (2011: 26.01p). 

»  Dividend 

 The Board remains confident in the future opportunities in its growth markets 
and consequently expects to be able to continue to follow a progressive dividend 
policy. The Board has recommended a dividend for the year of 8.00p (2011: 7.50p), 
a 6.7% increase.

»  Cash

 The efficiency with which the Group manages working capital remains a cornerstone 
of our business. The Group’s conversion of operating profit to cash in the period was 
118% (2011: 85%). During a period which has delivered significant organic growth, 
the cash performance has been outstanding.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

21

Review of the year 
> Financial review continued

Financial performance

2012

Existing
£m

634.5

Acquired
£m

Total
£m

Total
£m

45.0

679.5

589.0 

2011

Change
existing
%

+8%

Change
total
%

+15%

33.7

(2.3)

31.4

33.6 

—

(6%)

33.6

33.6

(1.9)

(4.8)

31.7

28.8

31.5

28.4

+7%

+18%

+1%

+1%

Group revenue

Operating profit before 
exceptional costs*

Profit before tax and 
before exceptional costs*

Profit before tax*

* Pre amortisation of acquisition intangibles.

Earnings per share (EPS)

Normalised diluted earnings per share before the losses 
generated from the Morrison acquisition*

Normalised diluted earnings per share*

Dividend per share**

2012
p

2011
p

Change
%

27.75

26.06

8.00

26.01

26.01

+6.7%

—

7.50

+6.7%

*   Before exceptional costs and pre amortisation of acquisition intangibles and based on a normalised tax 

charge of 24.5%.

**  Including a proposed final dividend of 5.70p per share.

Cash performance

Operating profit before amortisation

Costs of acquisition

Exceptional costs with no 2012 cash impact

Adjusted EBITA

Cash inflow from operating activities before taxation

Cash conversion

Net debt at balance sheet date 

Average daily net debt 

Balance sheet

Goodwill and Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Trade receivables

Trade payables

Net debt

Deferred consideration

Cash flow hedge

Pension

Taxation

Net assets

2012 
£m

28.6

0.8

1.9

31.3

37.1

118%

12.4

57.0

2012
£m

163.6

16.0

11.8

183.1

2011
£m

30.5

—

—

30.5

25.9

85%

13.4

58.5

2011
£m

127.5

12.7

12.5

127.5

(199.0)

(105.0)

(12.4)

(13.4)

(1.3)

(2.5)

6.4

3.1

(0.9)

(1.7)

(5.8)

(0.6)

168.8

151.8

Group revenue

£679.5m
(2011: £589.0m)

Net finance income/(charge)
Net finance income of £0.2m has been 
recognised in the year (2011: £2.1m charge). 

The finance cost in respect of bank borrowings 
was £2.7m of which £2.6m related to existing 
activities (2011: £2.4m). Whilst the Group has 
provided debt funding to complete the acquisitions 
of Choices Community Care in August 2011 and 
Morrison Facilities Services in November 2012, 
together with the additional working capital 
required to fund the organic growth achieved 
during the period, it is pleasing that the average 
net debt has reduced to £57.0m (2011: £58.5m). 
Whilst the Group has reported a small increase in 
the cost of bank borrowing, this charge represents 
a positive variance of £0.5m to management’s 
original forecasts and is reward for the strong 
working capital performance through the period.

The net finance income in respect of the 
defined benefit pension scheme was £3.0m 
of which £2.5m related to existing activities 
(2011: £0.3m). This income is broadly in line 
with expectations. The Group reported an 
income of £0.8m at the half year and this 
income has increased further during the 
second half year reflecting the increasing 
number of defined benefit pension schemes 
to which the Group is participating following 
the high number of new contract start-ups.

The finance cost in respect of bank borrowings 
was £0.1m and finance income in respect of 
defined benefit pension schemes was £0.5m 
in the period since 7 November 2012 relating 
to the acquired Morrison activities.

In 2013, with the adoption of the revised pension 
accounting standard (IAS 19R), the Group will be 
required to restate the 2012 Income Statement 
which will result in a reduction in the net finance 
income in respect of defined benefit pension 
schemes by £2.3m to £0.7m. The net finance 
income will reduce from £0.2m to a charge 
of £2.1m.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22

Review of the year 
> Financial review continued

“ The Board remains confident in the future opportunities in 
its growth markets and consequently expects to be able to 
continue to follow a progressive dividend policy”.

Tax expense
A tax charge of £1.5m has been provided 
(2011: £3.7m). The effective current corporation 
tax rate recognised in the Income Statement 
before adjustments for deferred tax is 15.3% 
(2011: 22.1%). The effective current corporation 
tax rate is significantly lower than the headline 
rate due to a deferred tax credit in respect of 
the amortisation of acquisition intangibles of 
£1.1m, a non-taxable pension benefit of £3.0m 
and a corporation tax deduction in respect of 
the exercise of share options of £7.5m.

Earnings per share (EPS)
The normalised diluted EPS, which 
allows for the potential diluting impact of 
outstanding share options, before the impact 
of the Morrison acquisition, increased by 6.7% 
to 27.75p (2011: 26.01p). The normalised diluted 
EPS after the impact of the Morrison acquisition 
increased to 26.06p (2011: 26.01p). Normalised 
earnings are stated before exceptional costs and 
exclude the amortisation of acquisition intangibles 
together with an adjustment to reflect a full tax 
charge of 24.5% (2011: 26.5%). We believe that this 

Acquisitions and intangible assets

The value of goodwill and other identified intangibles carried within the balance sheet is £163.6m 
(2011: £127.5m). The significant increase during the period was as a result of the acquisition of 
Morrison with consideration of £24.0m being paid in return for tangible net liabilities of £14.6m. 
The Morrison intangible asset was recognised, net of deferred tax, at £15.6m with the remaining 
excess of £23.1m recognised within goodwill. A balance of £8.0m (2011: £7.8m) of amortisation 
was charged to the Income Statement during the period.

Acquisitions 
Mears acquired 100% of the share capital of Morrison Facilities Services Limited (Morrison) 
from Morrison plc, a subsidiary of Anglian Water Group Limited (AWG) for a total consideration 
of £24.0m of which £16.0m was funded by cash and the balance of £8.0m through the issue 
of 2,833,489 shares. AWG has undertaken not to dispose of the new Mears shares before 
7 November 2013. 

Morrison provides repairs and maintenance services to social housing clients in England 
and Scotland.

For the year ended 31 March 2012, Morrison reported turnover of £290.9m and an operating 
loss, before exceptional costs, of £7.6m. Prior to the acquisition, Morrison had completed 
a restructure and exited a number of mainly loss-making contracts which reduced the 
operating loss. Mears has identified a total of £8.0m of synergies, the majority of which 
it would expect to achieve during the 2013 financial year and the balance during 2014. 
In order to achieve these synergies, it is expected to incur around £8.0m of one-off 
restructuring. These synergies are largely derived from overlapping operational 
support services.

normalised diluted EPS measure better allows 
the assessment of operational performance, 
the analysis of trends over time, the comparison 
of different businesses and the projection of 
future performance.

Dividend policy
The Board remains confident in the future 
opportunities in its growth markets and 
consequently expects to be able to continue 
to follow a progressive dividend policy. The 
Board has recommended a final dividend of 
5.70p per share which, combined with the interim 
dividend, gives a total dividend for the year of 
8.00p (2011: 7.50p), a 6.7% increase. The dividend 
is payable on 2 July 2013 to shareholders on 
the register on 14 June 2013. The dividend is 
covered 3.25 times by normalised diluted 
earnings per share.

Cash performance
The efficiency with which the Group manages 
working capital remains a cornerstone of our 
business. The Group’s conversion of operating 
profit for the year before tax and pre amortisation 
to cash in the period was 118% (2011: 85%). The 
Group has consistently set high standards of 
working capital management and high levels 
of conversion of profit into cash. During a period 
which has delivered significant organic growth, 
the cash performance has been excellent.

Our net debt position at 31 December 2012 was 
£12.4m (2011: £13.4m). Whilst the year end cash 
position was pleasing, typically the accounting 
period end reports a low debt balance when 
compared to the rest of the year. A far more 
important metric is the Group’s daily net debt 
balances which provide a better indication of 
working capital management. The average net 
debt over the year, adjusted for the impact of 
Morrison, amounted to £57.0m (2011: £58.5m). 
The acquisition of Morrison utilised £16m in 
respect of consideration and a further £4m 
in respect of working capital. Given the timing 
of the non-trading outflows, a better indicator 
of core debt at the year end is in the region of 
£75m (2011: £60m). We have always been and 
remain conservative in respect of our appetite 
for debt.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

23

Review of the year 
> Financial review continued

Diluted earnings per share*

Dividend per share*

Group operating profit*

27.75p
(2011: 26.01p)

*   Before acquired intangible amortisation, 
exceptions costs and the trading loss of 
the recently acquired Morrison and adjusted 
to reflect a full tax charge. 

8.00p
(2011: 7.50p)

*  Including a proposed final dividend of 5.70p 

per share.

£33.7m
(2011: £33.6m)

*   Before acquired intangible amortisation, 

exceptional costs, share-based payments 
and the trading loss of the recently 
acquired Morrison.

Pensions

Pension asset

Pension liability

Net asset/(liability)

2012
£m

14.0

(5.7)

8.3

2011
£m

—

(5.8)

(5.8)

Cash conversion (EBITA)

118%
(2011: 85%)

Corporate governance
Mears has reported strong growth over its 
17 years as a listed company. Fundamental 
to this success has been our ability to identify 
and manage both risks and opportunities in 
a constantly changing environment. Over the 
course of 2012, significant resource has been 
directed towards corporate governance, with 
particular focus being given to significantly 
enhancing the Group risk management process 
that will ensure a uniform approach across all 
our business to identify and mitigate risk.

Andrew Smith
Finance Director
andrew.smith@mearsgroup.co.uk
9 April 2013

The Group has a £120m unsecured revolving credit 
facility and an additional accordion mechanism 
allowing the facility to be increased to a maximum 
of £160m. This facility, which runs to July 2016, 
provides sufficient funding headroom for the Group. 
The Group continues to enjoy a strong relationship 
with both its bankers, Barclays and HSBC.

Other trading balances
The Group capital expenditure of £3.9m 
(2011: £4.0m) relates to IT hardware, other 
office equipment and the refurbishment 
of new office premises. Predominantly, all 
our plant and machinery is hired and motor 
vehicles are subject to operating leases 
and hence are not included within capital 
expenditure or recognised as an asset within 
the balance sheet. In addition, development 
expenditure was incurred in developing the 
in-house IT platform of £1.1m (2011: £1.4m).

A balance of £2.8m (2011: £2.4m) is included 
within non-current trade and other receivables. 
This relates to sales retentions in relation to 
our M&E activities within our Other Services 
division. This is normal practice within that sector, 
where a small percentage of the contract sum 
is withheld for a short period. This is typically 
settled twelve months after the completion 
of works.

Trade receivables and inventories increased 
to £194.9m (2011: £140.0m) and trade payables 
have increased to £199.0m (2011: £105.9m). Both 
these increases are driven predominantly by the 
acquisition of Morrison. Excluding the impact of 
Morrison, trade receivables and trade payables 

increased by 8% and 12% respectively which 
have increased as a result of organic growth 
achieved by the Group. 

Total shareholders’ equity rose by £17.0m to 
£168.8m at 31 December 2012. The increase 
in net assets is the result of a combination 
of retained profits together with the issue of 
3.4m shares on the exercise of share options 
and a further 2.8m shares to part-fund the 
acquisition of Morrison. 

Pensions
The Group participates in two principal 
Group pension schemes (2011: one) together 
with a further 28 (2011: 14) individual defined 
benefit schemes where the Group has received 
Admitted Body Status in a Local Government 
Pension Scheme. At the point of tendering for 
new contract opportunities, the Group seeks 
to minimise its exposure to future changes in 
the required pension contribution rates and to 
future liabilities resulting from scheme deficits.

The increase in the asset in respect of the 
defined benefit pension schemes relates to the 
asset acquired as a result of the acquisition of 
Morrison Facilities Services Limited. The IAS 19 
actuarial valuations for the other schemes as 
at 31 December 2012 reported a reduction 
in the pension liability by £0.1m.

The Group continues to comply with a repayment 
plan with the trustees of the Mears Group scheme 
at £0.9m per annum for a period of nine years with 
a view to the scheme being fully funded by 2020.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24

Review of the year 
> Risk management

Robust risk management
The effective management of risks is a key feature in the continuing 
success of the Mears Group. Our approach is to identify principal 
risks and robustly mitigate the impact of these risks through 
a Group risk management process.

Risk and description

Mitigation

Macroeconomy
Mears’ primary markets are subject to Government legislation and are dependent on 
the political environment, local or national, including public sector policy and funding.

»   Awareness of and responsiveness to market developments, e.g. developing 
managed in-sourcing and joint venture products to give choice to clients

»   Business strategy – diversity of markets expanding from the original 

Any changes in policy or legislation that reduce expenditure during the life of 
contracts could have a detrimental effect on the Company’s business. Also other 
market factors could damage business, e.g. economic failures and stock levels.

Social Housing sector business

»   Innovation around Government policy

»   Pensions policy to limit liability

People
Mears is dependent on the management team along with a skilled and motivated 
workforce, otherwise the delivery of business objectives will be jeopardised. 

Mears sees sound commercial management of contracts and the business 
as a whole as essential to our objectives.

Management expertise is retained to maintain the right balance between our 
customer-centric culture and our commercial requirements. We always want to 
provide value for money as well as legitimately bill our clients and at the same 
time achieve operating efficiency drawing from best practice.

»  New Group Learning & Development strategy with a strong central team

»   Recruitment and selection criteria for all appointments

»   High quality people to be secured and retained in key positions

»   Training programmes supplied and we have Investor in People certification

»   Formal assessment/capability testing for key management appointments

»   Succession planning for key positions

»   Expanded the Group’s Senior Management Team to cope with existing 

and new business

»   Business unit budgets and regular monitoring of profit and loss performance 

and cash conversion 

»   Risk mitigation plans showing Group, branch and regional lines of defence

Reputation
The ultimate success of Mears relies upon maintaining a positive reputation in the public 
and amongst all stakeholders.

Negative actions, behaviour, service and results will damage the business’ reputation 
and will affect the future of Mears. This includes risk of negative publicity from actions 
of employees and suppliers. 

This could arise, amongst other reasons, from inappropriate communications, 
inaccurate client reporting or poor care and poor attention to vulnerable customers.

»   Strengthened corporate governance

»   Clear communications policy and strategy with a new Group Scheme 

of Delegated Authority, Daily Mears Matters news email and quarterly top 
80 managers’ meetings, which are cascaded to all employees.

»   Internal auditing of KPI reporting

»   Care risk plan for dealing with vulnerable customers

»   Comprehensive health and safety policy and safe systems of working

»   Compliance management of bribery and corruption legislation, whistleblowing policy, 

internal audit resources

»  Upgrading of Group Fraud Risk Management Plan and anti-fraud policy

Liquidity
There is a noticeable increase in client and market focus in the financial strength 
of the companies trading within the Group’s core business sectors due to a number 
of main peer contractors going into liquidation. 

Various stakeholders require reassurance that the Company has strong liquidity risk 
management including a long-term funding facility and the generation of sufficient 
cash from trading. Risks arise from short-term cash flow movements and renewal 
risk on maturity of facilities.

»   New funding facility secured in 2011 to service the Group’s needs until 2016, 

target refinance one year before maturity

»  Business unit budgets and regular monitoring of financial performance

»   Long-term liquidity – annual cash flow forecasts for visibility of funding 

and compliance with banking covenants

»   Short-term liquidity – weekly three-month rolling cash flow forecast and detailed 

variance analysis

»   Robust management of work in progress and debt

»   Proactive identification of potential bad debt and management plans 

put in place between operations and finance teams

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

25

Review of the year 
> Risk management continued

Risk and description

Mitigation

Health and safety
Mears’ services and operations involve a series of high risk activities ranging from 
dealing with vulnerable customers in need of care to our building related services, 
e.g. working at heights, working with gas and electricity and dealing with asbestos. 
Failure to have robust and safe systems of work could lead to serious personal 
injury or fatality.

»   Strong Group and regional safety, health and environmental (SHE) teams

»   Comprehensive safe systems of work and risk mitigation plans

»   Internal SHE auditing and third party external validation 

»  Regular SHE communication and a national conference

»   Training of operations staff and the involvement of subcontractors

»   Annual Group SHE strategy and plan

»   Close involvement with regional and branch management 

Business retention and new business
A strong bid pipeline and order book are both essential to the success of the business. 

»   Strong Group Business Development team

»   Bid project management process with assigned bid leader

Risk management planning is needed to ensure new tenders are won and 
existing contracts are retained. Successful re-tendering requires a combination 
of competitive pricing and client confidence in quality proposals based on 
evidence of historical delivery.

»   Expanding bid governance process under consolidated scheme of delegated 

authority, including audits

»   Risk plan to respond to sub-optimal market pricing

»   Commercial review of efficiency of delivery model for re-tendering and a plan 

to achieve best efficiency rates 

»   Regional Managing Directors’ performance review and client/management relationships

»   Contract development/improvement plans 

Business continuity
Mears recognises that there are considerable risks of business continuity in certain 
locations within our markets which could be caused by rioting, terrorism and natural 
catastrophe. In addition there are geographical risks that could threaten our business 
infrastructure, e.g. telecommunications failures.

Vulnerable people depend upon our services; hence we must have disaster recovery 
and business continuity plans.

»   IT disaster recovery plan and back-up systems facility remote to business units

»   Business continuity plans for each regional/business unit in progress

»   Disaster scenario management training 

»   Data back-up facility and protocol

»  Disaster recovery and business continuity plans to be tested annually

Legal and regulatory
The Group is subject to numerous tax, legal and regulatory requirements. 

»   Provision of information across the business about new laws and regulations

»   Head of Legal Services remit with an expanded team and external support

A breach of any of these could result in legal proceedings, imposition of financial 
and other penalties or investigations, taking management focus away from 
core business and therefore disrupting the business.

»   Induction of staff 

»   Training of key staff on developments including the Bribery Act 2010

»  Policies and procedures issued and controls to comply with laws and regulations

Integrity, ethics, anti-bribery and corruption
There are inherent risks of bribery, fraud and corruption in some of the sectors 
we work in. It is important that we have an internal control framework and 
means of communication to be proactive where any risks materialise.

»   Group internal audit team

»   Confidential whistleblowing policy

»   Regular communication of Company policy

»   Risk assessments 

»  Internal governance control and audits

»   Comprehensive investigations and robust action on any negative findings

»   Business ethics code of conduct

»   Auditing of legitimate work valuation/billing from subcontractors and to our clients

»   Risk plan to implement controls for the anti-bribery and anti-corruption legislation 

Operational risk
The success of the Group is underpinned by the delivery of services profitably 
whilst exceeding our clients’ expectations and our contractual obligations.

»   Senior Directors to attend a significant proportion of client and tenant group 
meetings to ensure there is no disconnect between our customer experience 
and other management information

»  Each division has its own risk register and subject to Group risk audit

»   A number of the key mitigants are covered within People and Health and Safety 

on page 24 and above respectively

»   Ensuring robust processes are put in place to control the procurement 

and management of subcontracting

»   The Group’s IT systems have been developed to ensure maximum visibility 

of labour productivity and gross margin

»   Business unit budgets and regular monitoring of profit and loss performance 

and cash conversion

»   Any major contract failures relating to operations or commercial results are 

managed and improved by operating companies with Group support and scrutiny

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26

Review of the year 
> Corporate social responsibility

Driving sustainable business growth 
As our business grows our capacity to support individuals and 
communities, develop our workforce, protect the environment and influence 
business practices also grows. Our bulging award cabinet testifies of our 
achievements to date but more importantly our clients, customers and 
staff recognise the positive and ongoing contribution that we make.

Putting customers and 
communities first
We believe that the most important aspect for a 
sustainable business is to continually focus on the 
needs of customers. The Repairs and Maintenance 
arm of Mears Group PLC became the first major 
private sector contractor in the housing industry 
to win the highly credited Government Customer 
Service Excellence standard. The accreditation 
covers all of our Repairs and Maintenance 
branches in the UK and sees Mears joining 
a select group of public sector organisations 
in the UK to hold the accreditation. 

Commitment to local communities is seen at every 
level of the organisation and during 2012 our staff 
volunteered over 22,353 hours and supported 
648 community projects across the UK.

We also delivered 35 days of training on 
DIY and home maintenance to tenants and 
residents enabling them to fix issues that 
are deemed their responsibility and helps 
improve the condition of their homes. 

Our commitment to communities sets us apart 
and we believe this is just one of the reasons that 
during 2012 we retained 100% of our clients. 

Developing a great workforce 
Mears has once again retained its Investors 
in People accreditation (IIP). We have held this 
accreditation since 1994 and we continue to 
actively seek feedback and listen to our staff. 
Following feedback from our 2011 staff survey, 
we began a programme of initiatives designed 
to improve communications around the Group.

Our Internal Communication programme, ‘Inside 
Matters’, aims to create a better communication 
environment where Mears people know their 
opinions matter; have access to channels to 
express their views; can more easily share 
information and ideas; and are encouraged 
to respond to Group and local matters. 

During 2012 we introduced a daily news snippet 
emailed to everyone with a Mears address and 
have made significant improvements to the 
intranet, which can now be accessed by all 
staff logging in from home or public computers. 

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

The impact of this work, which also included 
numerous face to face briefings and workshops, 
has significantly improved how our employees 
see our business. We recognise the importance 
of families too. Some 7,000 employees and their 
families attended our two Family Fun days 
in England and Scotland in 2012.

During 2012 we continued our commitment to 
apprentices with 100 new recruits. Importantly the 
Group has been able to retain 87% of apprentices 
and trainees who completed their level 2 training 
programme. This is a statistic which is well 
ahead of the industry norm. We currently have 
268 apprentices and trainees in our Repair and 
Maintenance business. A similar programme 
has been launched in our Care business. 

Mears now has training centres in Welwyn, 
Peterborough, Rotherham and Birmingham. The 
centres deliver training across a range of trade 
disciplines in a relaxed environment. All training 
is customised to meet the needs of the learners. 
A particular focus is on supporting employees 
to develop skills that complement their existing 
specialism with the aim of increasing first time fix, 
reducing follow-on appointments and increasing 
customer satisfaction. Training is also available for 
employees who are not tradespeople but would 
benefit from basic home maintenance knowledge. 
We also run community training programmes which 
provide taster sessions for local residents, work 
experience for young people and the unemployed 
and short courses in home maintenance skills. 

2012 also saw the introduction of a new Code 
of Conduct for all employees and a new Scheme 
of Delegated Authority (SODA), to provide absolute 
clarity to staff on decision making and financial 
control within the Group.

Protecting the environment 
and tackling fuel poverty
In 2012, Mears can again report continued 
improvements in its environmental performance. 
Our partnership with Network Waste has helped 
Mears to achieve 90% recycling rates and, even 
when faced with two waste industry increases 
in 2012, we have managed to reduce the amount 
we spend on waste management by good 
housekeeping. In order to achieve this we 

have invested in new compactors to reduce 
the cost of waste transportation, renegotiated 
costs with suppliers and implemented better 
waste management processes.

During 2012 we have developed a closer working 
relationship with our subcontractors where we 
have assessed how they manage the process 
of waste management. We are now able to report 
on their recycling performance through the online 
reporting system administered by Network Waste.

We know that climate change is an issue that 
can only be tackled in partnership. Throughout 
2012, Mears Energy has been advising clients 
on the measures they can take to reduce carbon 
emissions, for example our work with Family 
Mosaic and Charlton Triangle Homes to deliver 
the Charlton Homes Energy Saving Project, the 
largest energy efficiency refurbishment project 
for social housing in the UK. On average tenant 
fuel bills have been reduced between £300 
and £600 per annum as a result of this work.

We recognise the importance of measuring 
and addressing our own carbon footprint 
and we have a clear plan in place to mitigate 
against it.

Responsible business leaders
Providing our employees with a safe working 
environment is paramount. We have reduced 
our Accident Frequency Rates by 15% through 
increased awareness training and site inspections. 
Mears’ commitment to health and safety has 
been recognised by the Royal Society for the 
Prevention of Accidents who awarded us the 
President’s Award for gaining ten consecutive 
Gold Medals. Despite this outstanding record 
during 2012 we carried out 19,029 hours of 
health and safety training of which over 
80% was delivered in-house. 

As a major player in the housing sector, we believe 
we have a responsibility to develop local economies. 
Our commitment to Small And Medium Enterprises 
(SME) therefore goes beyond that of a traditional 
main contractor. We understand that many of 
these businesses are sole traders or small 
enterprises, where the owners are often ‘on 
the tools’ and as such cannot always spend 

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

27

Review of the year 
> Corporate social responsibility continued

the time on back office functions. That’s why 
we have set up local SME Business Clubs, 
helping SMEs grow their businesses.

Driving positive change
Mears is unique in providing a range of services 
that help address some of the major challenges 
our country faces; social housing and care for 
older and disabled people and environmental 
sustainability. We are committed to sharing 
innovation and best practice, which is why we have 
developed the Mears Thought Leader programme. 
Thought Leader engages with the UK’s leading 
policy makers and practitioners to develop 
solutions and challenge conventional thinking. 

During 2012, the Thought Leader programme 
has enabled Mears to shape the debate on a 
wide range of issues including social mobility, 
fuel poverty, tackling loneliness, the social value 
of housing and the role of advice services.

Mears has gained particular recognition for its work 
on social care commissioning practices. Working 
in partnership with the think tank LGIU, ‘Outcomes 
Matters’, a report focusing on commissioning 
for outcomes, was published in October 2012 
with input from over 100 Local Authorities.

In response to our report, Norman Lamb MP, 
Minister for Care Services, commented, 
“I am determined that collectively we develop 
commissioning skills so that providers are rewarded 
for improving health and wellbeing, promoting 
independence and increasing mobility.”

Mears’ role as a Thought Leader was also 
recognised when we were selected as a case 
study in the Department of Health’s White Paper 
on Social Care. We were also proud to be selected 
as a one of five leading businesses tackling 
barriers to social mobility to be featured in 
a Cabinet Office Film which was launched 
by the Deputy Prime Minister, Nick Clegg MP.

Continually focusing on 
the needs of customers

“Partnering with Mears has really added value where we needed it most. 
Of course like all landlords we expect to get good quality repairs done at 
a value for money price for our tenants. But Mears goes much further than 
this for us. Mears gives livin confidence that not only do they undertake work 
in a safe manner in our homes but, when a crisis hits, such as recent weather 
patterns, Mears is on hand to resource up to respond.

“Mears offers its tenants training and advice to become more independent and 
it goes about its activities in a way that minimises damage to the environment.”
Wayne Harris Executive Director, livin

“As we employ local people from within the communities we work in, 
we are all very much engaged with and understand the value of delivering 
sustainable solutions. It’s not just about the regeneration of homes, it’s 
about creating sustainable communities – developing long-lasting solutions 
and enabling people within communities to continue to sustain themselves 
once our work within an area has come to an end. 

“It feels fantastic to have the opportunity to be a part of and support 
the transformation of people’s lives and the communities we work in.”
Louise Mabrouk Customer Development Manager, Mears

Measuring our progress: CSR key performance indicators

Accident Frequency Rate (AFR)
Why we measure it
Providing our employees with a safe 
working environment is paramount. 
In 2008, Mears introduced its own in-house 
training course that was accredited by 
the British Safety Council and has been 
a major factor in achieving the impressive 
reduction in accidents. Our AFR is calculated 
as the number of fatalities or reportable 
incidents divided by the number of hours 
worked multiplied by 100,000. 

AFR %

0.35%

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

0

0.43

0.41

0.38

0.36

0.35

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Target – Year-on-year improvement

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28

Corporate governance 
> Board of Directors

Your Board

Bob Holt 58
Chairman

David J Miles 47
Chief Executive Officer

Andrew C M Smith 40
Finance Director

Bob had a controlling interest in Mears at 
the time of flotation in October 1996. He has 
a background in developing support service 
businesses. He has operated in the service 
sector since 1981, initially in a financial capacity 
then moving into general management.

David joined Mears in May 1996 and, prior to his 
appointment to the Board in January 2007, was 
Managing Director of the Mears Social Housing 
division. Prior to joining Mears, David held a 
senior position with the MITIE Group. His 
background is in electrical engineering.

Andrew joined Mears in December 1999 and, 
prior to his appointment to the Board, was 
Finance Director covering all the Mears Group’s 
subsidiaries. Andrew qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant in 1994 and worked in professional 
practice prior to joining Mears.

Peter F Dicks 70
Non-Executive Deputy Chairman

David L Hosein 49
Non-Executive Director

Davida Marston 59
Non-Executive Director

Peter has been active in the venture capital and 
investment fields for a number of years. He is 
currently a Director of a number of companies. 
He joined Mears in 2008 and is Chairman of 
the Remuneration Committee.

David has over 17 years’ consulting experience, 
the last five of which have been at OC&C Strategy 
Consultants Limited where David is a Partner. 
David has worked extensively in the support 
services sector for corporate and private 
equity clients. Previously, he was a partner 
in Arthur Andersen. He joined Mears in 2008.

Davida had a 30-year career in international 
banking, working in the UK, Spain and North 
and South America. She is a Non-Executive 
Director of several large companies in the 
financial services sector both in the UK and 
overseas. She also chaired the Audit and 
Risk Committee of Midland Heart and its 
predecessor Keynote Housing and was a 
member of the Audit Committee of Family 
Mosaic Housing.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

29

Corporate governance 
> Board of Directors continued

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

Alan Long 50
Executive Director

Michael G Rogers 71
Non-Executive Director

Alan joined Mears in 2005 and, prior to his 
appointment to the Board in August 2009, he 
was Managing Director of Careforce, the Group’s 
Care business, having previously held the position 
of Group Sales and Marketing Director. Prior to 
joining Mears, Alan held senior roles for Britannia 
Building Society, Mars and Smith and Nephew.

Michael founded Careforce in 1999 and has over 
30 years’ experience in healthcare services and 
care provision. In 1976 he joined Nestor Medical 
Group Limited as Managing Director and went on 
to become Chief Executive of Nestor Healthcare 
Group plc from 1986 to 1996. From 1996 to 
1999 he worked as a consultant to a number 
of healthcare related organisations.

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Rory Macnamara 58
Non-Executive Director

Reginald B Pomphrett 69
Company Secretary

Reg has been involved in corporate finance 
for over 30 years and is Director of a number 
of companies. He is a Chartered Secretary 
and a member of the Securities Institute. 
He joined Mears in 1996.

Rory is a Chartered Accountant with a 
wide range of corporate finance transaction 
experience. He was previously Vice Chairman 
and Head of Mergers and Acquisitions at 
Deutsche Morgan Grenfell and latterly a 
Managing Director at Lehman Brothers. He is 
currently a consultant to various companies 
and holds a number of Directorships including 
Augean PLC, Dragon Ukrainian Properties and 
Development plc and Essenden plc, the last 
of which he fulfils the role of Chairman. He is 
Chairman of the Group’s Nomination Committee.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30

Corporate governance 
> Shareholder and corporate information

Financial calendar
Annual General Meeting
5 June 2013

Dividend warrants posted to shareholders
2 July 2013

Record date for final dividend
14 June 2013

Interim results announced
13 August 2013 

Registered office
1390 Montpellier Court 
Gloucester Business Park 
Brockworth 
Gloucester GL3 4AH 
Tel: 01452 634600 
www.mearsgroup.co.uk

Company registration number
3232863

Company secretary
Reginald B Pomphrett
1390 Montpellier Court 
Gloucester Business Park 
Brockworth 
Gloucester GL3 4AH 
Tel: 01452 634600

Bankers
Barclays Bank PLC
Wales and South West  
Business Banking 
PO Box 119 
Park House 
Newbrick Road 
Stoke Gifford 
Bristol BS34 8TN 
Tel: 01452 365353
HSBC Bank plc
West & Wales  
Corporate Banking Centre 
3 Rivergate 
Temple Quay 
Bristol BS1 6ER 
Tel: 0845 583 9796

Solicitors
BPE
St James’ House 
St James’ Square 
Cheltenham GL50 3PR 
Tel: 01242 224433

Auditor
Grant Thornton UK LLP
Registered Auditor 
Chartered Accountants 
Hartwell House 
55–61 Victoria Street 
Bristol BS1 6FT 
Tel: 0117 305 7600

Joint financial advisers 
and stockbrokers
Investec Bank PLC
2 Gresham Street 
London EC2V 7QP 
Tel: 020 7597 2000

Canaccord Genuity Limited
88 Wood Street 
London EC2V 7QR 
Tel: 020 7523 8000

Registrar
Neville Registrars Ltd
Neville House 
18 Laurel Lane 
Halesowen 
West Midlands B63 3DA 
Tel: 0121 585 1131

Investor relations
Gable Communications
34 Lime Street 
London ECM 7AT

Internet
The Group operates a website which can be 
found at www.mearsgroup.co.uk. This site is 
regularly updated to provide information about 
the Group. In particular all of the Group’s press 
releases and announcements can be found on 
the site.

Registrar
Any enquiries concerning your shareholding 
should be addressed to the Company’s 
Registrar. The Registrar should be notified 
promptly of any change in a shareholder’s 
address or other details. 

Investor relations
Requests for further copies of the Annual 
Report and Accounts, or other investor 
relations enquiries, should be addressed 
to the registered office.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Directors present their report 
together with the consolidated 
financial statements for the year 
ended 31 December 2012.

Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group 
are the provision of a range of outsourced 
services to the public and private sectors. 
The principal activity of the Company 
is to act as a holding company.

Business review
The Company is required to set out a fair 
review of the business of the Group during 
the reporting period. The information that fulfils 
this requirement can be found in the Company 
Overview, the Chairman’s Statement, the Chief 
Executive Officer’s Review and the Financial 
Review. The results of the Group can be found 
within the Consolidated Income Statement.

Dividend
The final dividend in respect of 2011 of 5.35p 
per share was paid in July 2012. An interim 
dividend in respect of 2012 of 2.30p was paid 
to shareholders in November 2012. The Directors 
recommend a final dividend of 5.70p per share 
for payment on 2 July 2013 to shareholders on 
the Register of Members on 14 June 2013. This 
has not been included within the consolidated 
financial statements as no obligation existed 
at 31 December 2012.

Corporate governance
A statement on the Group’s corporate 
governance is set out on pages 34 to 39.

Key performance indicators (KPIs)
We focus on a range of key indicators to assess 
our performance. Our performance indicators 
are both financial and non-financial and ensure 
that the Group targets its resources around its 
customers, employees, operations and finance. 
Collectively they form an integral part of the 
way that we manage the business to deliver 
our strategic goals. Our primary performance 
indicators are detailed on pages 8 to 11.

Directors
The present membership of the Board is set out 
with the biographical detail on pages 28 and 29. 

In line with current practice, all of the Directors 
will retire and, being eligible, offer themselves 
for re-election at the Annual General Meeting 
(AGM) in June 2013.

The beneficial interests of the Directors in the 
shares of the Company at 31 December 2012 
and 31 December 2011 are detailed within the 
Remuneration Report on pages 45, 47 and 48.

The process governing the appointment and 
replacement of Directors is detailed within the 
Corporate Governance Report on pages 36 and 37.

Going concern
A review of the Group’s activities during the 
year and its outlook are set out in the Chairman’s 
Statement and Chief Executive Officer’s Review 
on pages 12 to 19. The financial position of 
the Group is described on pages 20 to 23. We 
principally operate in robust defensive markets, 
Social Housing and Care, where spend is largely 
non-discretionary and our contracts tend 
to be long-term partnerships.

The Group had net debt of £12.4m at 
31 December 2012. The core debt required 
to satisfy the day-to-day requirements of 
the business is in the region of £75m. This 
represents significant headroom against the 
£120m unsecured revolving credit facility with 
an additional accordion mechanism allowing the 
facility to be increased to a maximum of £160m, 
maturing in July 2016. The refinancing was 
completed in 2011 and our ability to achieve 
such a refinancing at that time is a testament 
to the continued strong performance of the 
business and the strength of the longstanding 
relationship we share with both Barclays 
and HSBC.

The Directors consider that, as at the date 
of approving the financial statements, there 
is a reasonable expectation that the Group and 
Company have adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. For this reason, the Directors continue 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
the financial statements.

Amendment to Articles 
of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association can 
be amended only by a special resolution of 
the members, requiring a majority of not less 
than 75% of such members voting in person 
or by proxy.

Appointment of Directors
Directors are appointed by ordinary resolution, 
or the existing Directors may appoint a person 
as a Director to either fill a vacancy or as an 
additional Director provided that the number 
of Directors does not exceed the maximum 
permissible. Any person appointed by the 
Directors must retire at the next Annual 
General Meetring (AGM) but will be eligible for 
re-election at that meeting.

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

31

Corporate governance 
> Report of the Directors

Share capital authorisations
The 2011 AGM held in June 2012 authorised:

 »  the Directors to allot shares within defined limits. 
The Companies Act 2006 requires Directors to 
seek this authority and, following changes to FSA 
rules and institutional guidelines, the authority 
was limited to one third of the issued share 
capital, a total of £291,389 plus an additional 
one third of issued share capital of £291,389 
that can only be used for a rights issue or 
similar fund raising; and

 »  the Directors to issue shares for cash on 

a non pre-emptive basis. This authority was 
limited to 5% of the issued share capital of 
£43,708 and is required to facilitate technical 
matters such as dealing with fractional 
entitlements or possibly a small placing.

Further details of these authorisations are 
available in the notes to the 2011 Notice of AGM. 
Shareholders are also referred to the 2012 Notice 
of AGM which contains similar provisions in respect 
of the Company’s equity share capital as 
detailed below.

AGM
The 2012 AGM will be held at the offices of 
Investec Bank PLC, 2 Gresham Street, London 
EC2V 7QP on 5 June 2013 at 9:30am and a 
formal Notice of Meeting and Form of Proxy 
are enclosed. The ordinary business to be 
conducted will include the re-appointment 
of all Directors.

The special business will comprise the 
following resolutions:

 »  to authorise the Directors to allot shares 

within defined limits. The Companies Act 2006 
requires Directors to seek this authority 
and, following changes to FSA rules and 
institutional guidelines, the authority, as in 
previous years, will be limited to one third of 
the issued share capital, a total of £306,722 
plus an additional one third of issued share 
capital of £306,722 that can only be used 
for a rights issue or similar fund raising;

 »  to authorise the Directors to issue shares for 

cash on a non pre-emptive basis. This authority 
is limited to 5% of the issued share capital of 
£46,008 and is required to facilitate technical 
matters such as dealing with fractional 
entitlements or possibly a small placing; and

 »  to authorise the convening of general meetings 
(other than an AGM) on 14 days’ notice. This 
results from a European Union Directive that 
became effective on 3 August 2010 and will 
override Section 307 of the Companies Act 2006 
where the requirement to give 21 days’ notice 
for certain meetings has been amended.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32

Corporate governance 
> Report of the Directors continued

Substantial shareholdings

Majedie Asset Management

Legal & General Investment Management

Heronbridge Investment Management

Denver Investment Advisors

Artemis Investment Management

Schroder Investment Management

Invesco Perpetual

Teachers RS of Georgia

Four Capital Partners

Old Mutual Asset Managers

Anglian Water Group

Principal risks and uncertainties
Risk is an accepted part of doing business. 
The Group’s financial risk management is 
based upon sound economic objectives and 
good corporate practice. The Board has overall 
responsibility for risk management and internal 
control within the context of achieving the 
Group’s objectives. Our process for identifying 
and managing risks is set out in more detail 
within the Corporate Governance Statement. 
The key risks and mitigating factors are set 
out on pages 24 and 25. Details of financial 
risk management and exposure to price 
risk, credit risk and liquidity risk are given 
in note 21 on pages 81 to 84.

Contracts of significance
The Group is party to significant contracts within 
each segment of its business. The Directors 
do not consider that any one of those contracts 
is essential in its own right to the continuation 
of the Group’s activities.

Payment policy
The Company acts purely as a holding company 
and as such is non-trading. Accordingly, no 
payment policy has been defined. However, the 
policy for Group trading companies is to set the 
terms of payment with suppliers when entering 
into a transaction and to ensure suppliers are 
aware of these terms. Group trade creditors during 
the year amounted to 59 days (2011: 64 days) 
of average supplies for the year.

Shares
in issue
Number

 8,256,971 

 5,832,026 

 5,697,727 

 5,668,006 

 4,860,000 

 4,077,304 

 4,004,041 

 3,566,220 

 3,101,083 

 2,969,393 

 2,833,489 

Number (m)

8.26

5.83

5.70

5.67

4.86

4.08

4.00

3.57

3.10

2.97

2.83

%

9.0%

6.3%

6.2%

6.2%

5.3%

4.4%

4.4%

3.9%

3.4%

3.2%

3.1%

Capital structure
The Group is financed through both equity 
share capital and debt. Details of changes to the 
Company’s share capital are given in note 23 to the 
financial statements. The Company has a single 
class of shares – ordinary 1p shares – with no right 
to any fixed income and with each share carrying 
the right to one vote at the general meetings of 
the Company. Under the Company’s Articles of 
Association, holders of ordinary shares are entitled 
to participate in any dividends pro-rata to their 
holding. The Board may propose and pay interim 
dividends and recommend a final dividend for 
approval by the shareholders at the AGM. A final 
dividend may be declared by the shareholders 
in a32general meeting by ordinary resolution 
but such dividend cannot exceed the amount 
recommended by the Board.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 15 March 2013 the Company has been 
notified of, or is aware of, the shareholders 
holding 3% or more of the issued share capital 
of the Company, as detailed in the table above.

Disabled employees
Applications for employment by disabled 
persons are always fully considered, bearing in 
mind the aptitudes of the applicant concerned. 
In the event of members of staff becoming 
disabled, every effort is made to ensure that 
their employment with the Group continues 
and that appropriate training is arranged. It is 
the policy of the Group that the training, career 
development and promotion of disabled persons 
should, as far as possible, be identical to that 
of other employees.

Employee information 
and consultation
The Group has received recognition under the 
‘Investors in People’ award. The Group continues 
to involve its staff in the future development of 
the business. Information is provided to employees 
through a daily news email, a quarterly newsletter 
posted out to all staff, the Group website and 
the intranet to ensure that employees are kept 
well informed of the performance and objectives 
of the Group.

CREST
CREST is the computerised system for the 
settlement of share dealings on the London 
Stock Exchange. CREST reduces the amount 
of documentation required and also makes 
the trading of shares faster and more secure. 
CREST enables shares to be held in an electronic 
form instead of the traditional share certificates. 
CREST is voluntary and shareholders can keep 
their share certificates if they wish. This may 
be preferable for shareholders who do not 
trade in shares on a frequent basis.

Auditor
Grant Thornton UK LLP offers itself for 
re-appointment as auditor in accordance with 
Section 489 of the Companies Act 2006.

On behalf of the Board

R B Pomphrett
Secretary
9 April 2013 

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Corporate governance 
> Statement of Directors’ responsibilities  
> in respect of the Directors’ Report and financial statements

33

“ To the best of my knowledge 
the financial statements, 
prepared in accordance with 
the applicable set of accounting 
standards, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit or 
loss of the Company and the 
undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole.”

The Directors are responsible 
for preparing the Annual Report, 
the Remuneration Report and 
the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable 
law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare 
financial statements for each financial year. Under 
that law the Directors are required to prepare 
Group financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and 
have elected to prepare the Company financial 
statements in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards and Applicable 
Laws). Under company law the Directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the 
state of affairs and profit or loss of the Group and 
the Company for that period. In preparing these 
financial statements, the Directors are required to:

IAS regulation. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps 
for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities. 

The Directors confirm that:

 »  so far as each Director is aware there 

is no relevant audit information of which 
the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

 »  the Directors have taken all the steps that 
they ought to have taken as Directors in order 
to make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the 
auditor is aware of that information.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance 
and integrity of the corporate and financial 
information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions.

To the best of my knowledge:

 »  select suitable accounting policies and then 

apply them consistently;

 »  make judgements and estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

 »  state whether applicable accounting standards 
have been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements; and

 »  prepare the financial statements on the 

going concern basis unless it is inappropriate 
to presume that the Company will continue 
in business. 

 »  the financial statements, prepared in accordance 
with the applicable set of accounting standards, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit or loss of the 
Company and the undertakings included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

 »  the Annual Report includes a fair review 
of the development and performance of the 
business and the position of the Company and 
the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description 
of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face.

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are sufficient 
to show and explain the Group and Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position 
of the Group and the Company and enable 
them to ensure that the financial statements 
and Remuneration Report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the 

By order of the Board

A C M Smith
Finance Director
9 April 2013

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34

Corporate governance 
> Corporate governance statement 

The Board is responsible for the 
Group’s system of corporate 
governance and is ultimately 
accountable for the Group’s 
activities, strategy and financial 
performance. The Board is 
dedicated to upholding and 
achieving good standards of 
corporate governance, integrity 
and business ethics for 
all activities.

Introduction
The Board continues to be committed 
to maintaining the Group’s operations in 
accordance with the highest standards 
of corporate governance as set out in the 
UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) 
issued in June 2010 and has complied with 
all Code principals and relevant provisions 
throughout the year.

The Board of Directors
As at 31 December 2012, the Board had 
nine members, comprising the Chairman, 
Chief Executive, Group Finance Director, 
Executive Director, and five independent 
Non-Executive Directors. P F Dicks is the Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director. The Directors’ 
biographical details are set out on pages 28 and 
29. These indicate the high level and range of 
business experience which enables the Group 
to be managed effectively. Their mix of skills 
and business experience is a major contribution 
to the proper functioning of the Board and 
its Committees, ensuring that matters are 
fully debated.

The Board’s prime objective is to ensure ongoing 
commercial and financial success of the Group. 
The Board provides entrepreneurial leadership 
of the Group within a framework of prudent and 
effective controls which enable risk to be assessed 
and managed. The Board sets the Group’s strategic 
aims, ensures that the necessary financial and 
human resources are in place for the Group to 
meet its objectives and reviews management 
performance. The Board sets the Group’s values 
and standards and ensures that the Group’s 
obligations to its shareholders and others 
are understood and met.

and character and free from any relationship 
that might materially interfere with the exercise 
of independent judgement. Notwithstanding this 
and for the sake of completeness, below is a 
summary of relationships of which shareholders 
should be aware:

Whilst the Board has specific responsibility for 
those matters reserved for its consideration, in 
certain areas, specific responsibility is delegated 
to Committees of the Board within defined terms 
of reference. The activities of these Committees 
are discussed in more detail later in this report.

 »  D L Hosein is a Director of OC&C Strategy which 
in the past (not in the last four years) has received 
fees for work carried out for the Group;

 »  M G Rogers became a Director of the Group in 
April 2007, on the acquisition of Careforce, where 
he continued as CEO in a purely transactional 
role, focused on Careforce and not involved in the 
Group business, until 2008 when he became 
a Non-Executive Director of Mears; and

 »  P F Dicks and R P Macnamara were 

Non-Executive Directors of Sportingbet PLC 
during the year.

The Non-Executive Directors provide a strong 
independent element to the Board and bring 
experience at a senior level of business operations 
and strategy, constructively challenging and helping 
develop proposals on strategy. A summary of the 
terms and conditions of appointment of the 
Non-Executive Directors is available on request 
from the Company Secretary.

All Directors act in what they consider to be 
the best interests of the Company, consistent 
with their statutory duties.

Board responsibility
The Board maintains and regularly reviews a full 
list of matters and decisions that are reserved to, 
and can only be approved by, the Board. These are 
reviewed annually and include but are not limited to:

 » Group strategy and operating plans; 

 » corporate governance and risk management;

 »  compliance with laws, regulations and the 
Company’s code of business conduct; 

 »  the approval of budgets and major 

corporate acquisitions; 

 » changes to the Group’s debt and equity funding;

 »  appointment, termination and remuneration 
of Directors and the Company Secretary;

 »  financial reporting and audit, including 

interim and full-year results announcements 
and dividends; 

 »  approving significant acquisitions, disposals 

and new business start-ups;

Leadership
The Chairman, R Holt, was formerly Chairman and 
Chief Executive and currently works on a part time 
basis reflecting the nature of his transitional role 
following the appointment of D J Miles as Chief 
Executive in November 2010. He is responsible 
for the leadership of the Board and ensuring 
its effectiveness on all aspects of its role. The 
Chairman sets the Board’s agenda and ensures 
that adequate time is available for discussion 
of all agenda items, in particular strategic issues. 
The Chairman promotes a culture of openness 
and debate by facilitating the effective contribution 
of Non-Executive Directors, in particular ensuring 
constructive relationships between Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors. The Chairman is 
also responsible for ensuring that the Directors 
receive accurate, timely and clear information.

The division of responsibilities between the 
Chairman and the Chief Executive is clearly 
established and agreed by the Board. The Chief 
Executive, D J Miles, manages the day-to-day 
business operations of the Group and supports the 
Chairman to ensure that appropriate standards of 
corporate governance permeate throughout the 
organisation. A central part of his role includes 
recommending and implementing key strategies 
as agreed with the Board, communicating to 
shareholders and employees and allocating 
decision making and responsibilities accordingly. 
He takes a leading role, with the Chairman, in the 
relationship with all external agencies and in 
promoting Mears Group PLC.

The Non-Executive Directors constructively 
challenge and develop proposals on strategy 
and scrutinise the performance of management 
in meeting agreed goals and objectives and 
monitor the reporting of performance. They 
satisfy themselves on the integrity of financial 
information and that financial controls and 
systems of risk management are robust and 
defensible. They determine appropriate levels 
of remuneration of Executive Directors and 
have a prime role in appointing and, where 
necessary, removing Executive Directors and 
in succession planning.

The Board considers that each of the 
Non-Executive Directors who served during 
the year is independent in terms of judgement 

 » ethics; and

 »  employee benefits including pensions 

and share-based payments.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Corporate governance 
> Corporate governance statement continued

35

Board meetings
Board membership and Board and Committee meeting attendance:

Number of meetings

Potential

Actual

Potential

Actual

Potential

Actual

Potential

Actual

Board

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

R Holt

D J Miles

A C M Smith

A Long

M G Rogers

P F Dicks

D L Hosein

D Marston

R Macnamara

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

—

—

—

—

—

4

—

4

4

—

—

—

—

—

4

—

4

4

—

—

—

—

—

1

1

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

1

1

—

1

—

—

—

—

2

2

—

—

2

—

—

—

—

2

2

—

—

2

All Directors are expected to allocate sufficient time to the Company to discharge their responsibilities effectively and, where possible, attend 
all Board meetings. Any time commitment matters would be addressed by the Chairman and the Director concerned.

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Following the performance evaluation 
of individual Directors, the Chairman has 
confirmed that the Directors standing 
for re-election at this year’s AGM continue 
to perform effectively and demonstrate 
commitment to their roles. Likewise the Senior 
Independent Director has given the same 
confirmation in respect of the Chairman. In line 
with current practice, all Directors will retire and, 
being eligible, offer themselves for re-election 
annually. In particular the Board is strongly of 
the opinion that by their actions and conduct 
they demonstrate their independence. It is the 
Board’s intention to continue to annually review 
its performance and that of its Committees 
and individual Directors. A decision is taken 
each year on the performance evaluation 
process to be used.

Board meetings
The Board meets regularly throughout the year 
as well as on an ad hoc basis, as required by 
time critical business needs. The Board receives 
detailed financial information and regular 
presentations from Executives on Mears’ 
business performance. Directors are supplied 
with an agenda and supporting papers for all 
Board meetings on a timely basis along with 
minutes of previous Board and Committee 
meetings. This enables the Directors to make 
informed decisions on corporate and business 
issues under consideration. When Directors are 
unable to attend a meeting, they are advised 
of the matters to be discussed and given 
an opportunity to make their views known 
to the Chairman prior to the meeting.

During the year, six scheduled Board meetings 
were held.

The Non-Executive Directors meet independently 
without the Chairman present, and also meet 
with the Chairman independently of management, 
on a regular basis.

The Directors delegate responsibilities for the 
day-to-day operational and financial management 
of the Group to the Senior Management Team, 
which comprises Senior Executives across each 
of the Group’s operational divisions and support 
functions and is the principal forum for directing the 
operational and financial business of the Group and 
for delivering the strategy set by the Board.

Evaluation of Board performance
Performance evaluation of the Board, its 
Committees and individual Directors takes 
place on an annual basis with the support of 
the Company Secretary. The Board undertakes 
formal evaluation of its own performance and 
the Board Committees assess their respective 
roles, performance and terms of reference and 
report accordingly to the Board. The Board 
assesses the reviews of each Committee. 

The performance evaluation process included: 
a review of the areas of Board responsibility; 
the structure and composition of the Board 
and its Committees and the performance of 
the Committees; the quantity, quality and scope 
of information provided to the Board; the content 
of Board meetings and presentations to meetings; 
and the openness of communications between 
the Board members and Executive management. 
The Board members concluded that appropriate 
actions had been identified to address areas that 
could be improved and that, overall, the Board and 
its Committees continued to operate effectively.

The Chairman conducts individual appraisals 
with all Non-Executive Directors on an annual 
basis. The performance of the Chairman was 
reviewed separately in a process led by the 
Senior Independent Director.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36

Corporate governance 
> Corporate governance statement continued

Senior Management Team
The Senior Management Team, which 
comprises Senior Executives across each of 
the Group’s operational divisions and support 
functions, is the principal forum for directing the 
operational and financial business of the Group 
and for delivering the strategy set by the Board. 

Director development
Any Director, on appointment and throughout 
their service, receives an induction and is entitled to 
receive any training that is considered necessary to 
fulfil their responsibilities effectively. The Chairman 
regularly meets with each Director to review and 
agree any training and development needs.

All Directors have access to the Company 
Secretary who is responsible for ensuring 
that Board procedures and applicable 
rules and regulations are observed.

Board Committees
The Board delegates certain responsibilities to 
its principal Committees. The Audit Committee 
ensures the integrity of financial information, 
the effectiveness of the financial controls and the 
internal control and risk management systems. 
The Nomination Committee recommends the 
appointment of Directors and conducts a review 
of succession planning at Board and Operating 
Board levels. The Remuneration Committee 
sets the remuneration policy for Executive 
Directors and determines their individual 
remuneration arrangements.

The Chairperson of each Committee provides a 
report of any meeting of that Committee at the 
next Board meeting. Each Committee comprises 
Non-Executive Directors only, as required by 
the UK Corporate Governance Code 2010.

The Chairperson of each Committee is present 
at the AGM to answer questions from shareholders.

Audit Committee 
(see table on page 37)
All three members of the Audit Committee 
are Independent Non-Executive Directors.

The Committee met four times during the 
year with full attendance of all members. 
These meetings were also attended by the 

Group Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and 
the Group Chief Financial Officer (CFO) with 
attendance by the Chief Risk Officer (CRO) 
as required. The Grant Thornton audit partner 
attended all of the meetings and met the 
Committee without management being present. 
There was also significant dialogue outside the 
formal meetings between Committee members, 
Executive Directors and the external auditor 
throughout the audit process and the 
preparation of the Annual Report.

The Committee has clearly defined terms 
of reference which outline its objectives and 
responsibilities relating to financial reporting, 
internal controls, risk management and the 
application of appropriate accounting policies 
and procedures. The Committee’s terms of 
reference are available on the Company’s website 
and on request from the Company Secretary.

In 2011 an external review of risk management 
and risk governance was undertaken to align 
it with best practice standards of corporate 
governance. The initial review resulted in the 
appointment of a CRO and the restructuring of 
the internal audit function. The work continued 
in 2012 with the intention that this will be rolled 
out to include all Group companies. The Chair of 
the Audit Committee was actively involved and 
met with the CRO and the CEO to review progress 
throughout the year. KPMG has been engaged 
as provider of independent assurance in respect 
of risk and internal audit and to deliver specific 
expertise, experience and resource as required. 

The Committee is also responsible for monitoring 
and reviewing the performance, independence 
and objectivity of Grant Thornton, the external 
auditor. The external auditor has also confirmed 
that it has complied with relevant UK 
independence standards.

The services provided by Grant Thornton are 
currently restricted to audit and corporation tax 
compliance. This restriction on the provision of 
non-audit services enables the Committee to be 
satisfied that Grant Thornton’s objectivity and 
independence as auditor has not been impaired.

The fees paid to Grant Thornton during the year 
in respect of non-audit services were £0.04m 
(2011: £0.06m). The total fees for non-audit 
services represented approximately 12% 
of the audit fees paid for the year (2011: 20%).

The Committee carried out a review of its 
effectiveness with input from Committee 
and Board members, management and 
the external auditors. The review concluded 
that the Audit Committee had the expertise 
as well as committed sufficient time to 
discharge its responsibilities.

In line with best practice, it is the intention in 
2013 to tender the external audit appointment.

Nomination Committee 
(see table on page 37)
There is a formal, rigorous and transparent 
procedure for the appointment of new Directors 
to the Board. The search for Board candidates 
is conducted, and appointments made, on merit, 
against objective criteria and with due regard for the 
benefits of diversity on the Board, including gender. 
All Directors are able to allocate sufficient time 
to the Company to discharge their responsibilities. 
The Board has plans in place for orderly succession 
for appointments to the Board and to Senior 
Management. These plans aim to maintain 
an appropriate balance of skills and experience 
within the Company and on the Board and 
ensure progressive refreshing of the Board.

The Committee met once during the year and 
members of the Committee were present at the 
meeting. During the year, the Committee considered 
the membership of each sub-Committee of the 
Board and updated its succession.

Remuneration Committee 
(see table on page 37)
There is a formal and transparent procedure 
for developing policy on Executive remuneration 
and for determining the remuneration of 
individual Directors.

Full details of the Remuneration Committee’s 
activities during the year are given in the 
Remuneration Report on pages 40 to 48.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Corporate governance 
> Corporate governance statement continued 

37

Board Committees continued

Audit Committee

Chair

D Marston

Membership

P F Dicks and R Macnamara

The Audit Committee is comprised of financially literate members having the necessary ability and experience to understand 
financial statements.

The Committee has access to the financial expertise of the Group and its auditor and can seek further professional advice 
at the expense of the Group, if required. 

Role

The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring and reviewing: 

 »  reviewing and recommending for approval by the Board the annual and interim financial statements;

 » agreeing the scope and reviewing the results of the external audit and the setting of remuneration;

 »  reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls and risk management processes;

 » approving the internal audit plan and monitoring the effectiveness of the internal audit function; and

 »  reviewing the ‘Whistleblowing policy’ by which employees and other stakeholders may raise concerns regarding potential 

impropriety in confidence and ensuring that these concerns are investigated appropriately.

Nomination Committee

Chair

R Macnamara

Membership

P F Dicks and D L Hosein 

Role

The Nomination Committee’s responsibilities include:

 »  keeping under review the composition of the Board and succession to it and succession planning for Senior Management 

positions within the Group;

 »  making recommendations to the Board concerning appointments to the Board, whether of Executive or Non-Executive 

Directors, having regard to the balance of skills, knowledge, experience and diversity of the Board;

 »  making recommendations to the Board concerning the re-appointment of any Non-Executive Director at the conclusion 
of his/her specified term and the re-election of any Director by shareholders under the retirement provisions of the 
Company’s Articles of Association;

 » managing a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure for any appointments of new Directors to the Board;

 »  prior to the appointment of a Director, requiring that the proposed appointee discloses any other business interests that 
may result in a conflict of interest and report any future business interests that could result in a conflict of interest; and

 »  ensuring that on appointment to the Board, Non-Executive Directors receive a formal letter of appointment setting out clearly 

what is expected of them in terms of time commitment, Committee service and involvement outside of Board meetings.

Remuneration Committee

Chair

P F Dicks

Membership

R Macnamara and M G Rogers

Role

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for:

 » determining and agreeing with the Board the broad remuneration policy for: 

 » the Chairman, the Executive Directors and Senior Management; and

 »  the Executive Directors’ remuneration and other benefits and terms of employment, including performance related 

bonuses and share options; and

 » approving the service agreements of each Executive Director, including termination arrangements.

No Director is involved in determining his/her own remuneration.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38

Corporate governance 
> Corporate governance statement continued

The Company and its shareholders
The Company places a great deal of importance 
on communication with shareholders. The Board 
is committed to maintaining an ongoing dialogue 
with its shareholders through the provision of 
regular Interim and Annual Reports and regular 
trading reports. 

identified weaknesses. The system of internal 
controls is designed to manage rather than 
eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives and can only provide reasonable, 
but not absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. It includes all controls 
including financial, operational and compliance 
controls and risk management procedures.

There is regular dialogue with individual institutional 
shareholders as well as general presentations after 
the interim and preliminary results. Throughout the 
year the Group arranged a number of site visits for 
shareholders and other City commentators with the 
aim of providing them with increased exposure to 
our operations and management and ensuring that 
members of the Board develop an understanding 
of the views of major shareholders.

The Board confirms that the Group has in place 
an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating 
and managing the significant risks faced by the 
Group. The Group endeavours to ensure that 
the appropriate controls, systems and training 
are in place and has established procedures 
for all business units to operate appropriate 
and effective risk management. 

The principal methods of communication 
with private investors remain the Annual 
Report and Accounts, the interim statement, 
the quarterly newsletters and the Group’s website 
(www.mearsgroup.co.uk), where the Group 
highlights the latest key business developments.

The Board encourages dialogue between the 
Directors and investors. Directors are available 
at each AGM and make themselves available 
for direct discussions with shareholders.

Internal control and risk 
management
The UK Corporate Governance Code requires 
that the Directors review the effectiveness of the 
Group’s system of internal control. This extends 
the Directors’ review to cover all material controls, 
including operational, compliance and financial 
controls and risk management systems. The 
Directors are satisfied that procedures are in 
place to ensure that the Group complies with 
the Turnbull Committee guidance published 
by the Institute of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales and that the procedures 
have been applied during the year.

The Board is responsible for the Group’s 
system of internal control and for reviewing its 
effectiveness. The Board has delegated some 
of these responsibilities to the Audit Committee 
which has reviewed the effectiveness of the 
system of internal control and ensured that any 
remedial action has or is being taken on any 

The processes used to assess the effectiveness of 
the internal control systems are ongoing, allowing 
a cumulative assessment to be made, and include 
the following:

 »  delegation of day-to-day management 

to operational management within clearly 
defined systems of control, including:

 »  the identification of levels of authority 
within clearly identified organisational 
reporting structures;

 »  the identification and appraisal of financial 
risks both formally, within the annual process 
of preparing business plans and budgets, 
and informally, through close monitoring 
of operations;

 »  a comprehensive financial reporting system 
within which actual results are compared 
with approved budgets, quarterly re-forecasts 
and previous years’ figures on a monthly 
basis and reviewed at both local and 
Group level; and

 »  an investment evaluation procedure to 
ensure an appropriate level of approval 
for all capital and revenue expenditure;

 »  discussion and approval by the Board of 

the Group’s strategic directions, plans and 
objectives and the risks to achieving them, 
combined with regular reviews by management 
of the risks to achieving objectives and actions 
being taken to mitigate them;

 »  review and approval by the Board of annual 
budgets, combined with regular operational 
and financial reviews of performance against 
budget, prior year results and regular forecasts 
by management and the Board;

 »  regular reviews by the Board and Audit 

Committee of identified fraudulent activity 
and actions being taken to remedy any 
control weaknesses;

 »  regular reviews by management and the 

Audit Committee of the scope and results 
of internal and external audit work across 
the Group and the implementation of 
recommendations; and

 »  consideration by the Board and by the Audit 
Committee of the major risks facing the Group 
and of the procedures in place to manage them 
and to ensure controls react to changes in the 
Group’s overall risk profile. These include health 
and safety, legal compliance, quality assurance, 
insurance and security and reputational, 
social, ethical and environmental risks.

The Board has reviewed these procedures and 
considers them appropriate given the nature of 
the Group’s operations. The system of internal 
control and risk management is embedded 
into the operations of the Group and the 
actions taken to mitigate any weaknesses 
are carefully monitored.

The key controls in place are:

 »  a defined organisational structure and an 

appropriate level of delegated responsibility 
to operational management;

 »  authorisation limits for financial and 

non-financial transactions;

 » written operational procedures;

 »  a robust system of financial budgeting 

and forecasting;

 »  a robust system of financial reporting 

with actual results compared to budget 
and forecast results; and

 »  a regular reporting of operational 

performance and risks to the Board.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

“ Over the course of 2012, the 
principal risks, together with 
the risk mitigation plans, were 
continually monitored and 
enhanced. Over the course 
of 2013, the risk management 
programme will be extended 
across all parts of the Group, 
including the recent acquisition.”

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Corporate governance 
> Corporate governance statement continued 

39

Financial reporting risk 
management
The Company has in place internal control 
and risk management systems in relation 
to the Company’s financial reporting process 
and the Group’s process for the preparation 
of consolidated accounts. The consolidated 
financial statements are produced by the Group 
finance function which is responsible for the 
review and compilation of reports and financial 
results from each of the operating subsidiaries in 
accordance with the Group reporting procedures. 
The consolidated financial statements are 
supported by detailed workings papers. The 
Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing 
and monitoring these processes, which are 
designed to ensure that the Company complies 
with relevant regulatory reporting and filing 
provisions. As at the end of the period covered 
by this report, the Audit Committee, with the 
participation of the CEO and CFO, evaluated the 
effectiveness of the design and operation of 
disclosure controls and procedures designed 
to ensure that information required to be 
disclosed in financial reports is recorded, 
processed, summarised and reported within 
specified time periods.

This report was approved by the Board and 
has been signed on its behalf by:

P F Dicks
Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director
9 April 2013

Internal control and risk 
management continued
During 2011, the Audit Committee commissioned 
a detailed review of risk governance to ensure 
that it met the FRC guidance on best practice. 
The Mears Senior Management Team members, 
together with the assistance of external advisers, 
all played an integral part in this review. 
The key outcomes included:

 »  identification of the principal risks, weighting 
their impact on the business and likelihood 
of each risk occurring;

 »  determination of Group risk owners together 

with preparation of risk mitigation plans;

 » appointment of a Chief Risk Officer (CRO);

 »  risk ratings and mitigation plans will 

be updated and challenged periodically. 
Risk owners are required to produce 
evidence of current mitigation and 
plans to increase mitigation;

 »  each key risk will have key ‘lines of defence’ 
to build in practical tiers of detection and 
protection to either avoid a risk occurring 
or prevent the escalation of a risk exposure;

 »  a formal monthly risk review is held between 

the CEO and CRO; and 

 » external validation will take place periodically. 

Over the course of 2012, the principal risks, 
together with the risk mitigation plans, were 
continually monitored and enhanced. Over the 
course of 2013, the risk management programme 
will be extended across all parts of the Group, 
including the recent acquisition.

During 2012, a consolidated scheme 
of delegated authority was produced to 
ensure greater consistency and uniformity 
of corporate governance.

The principal risks and uncertainties are 
detailed further on pages 24 and 25. 

Additionally, in line with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Group has arranged 
appropriate insurance cover in respect of 
legal action against its Directors.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40

Corporate governance 
> Remuneration report

We believe we have 
an excellent and proven 
management team which 
we wish to retain, reward 
and incentivise appropriately 
for performance.

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to introduce the Mears 2012 
Remuneration Report. This has been a very 
busy year for the Company in terms of both 
its operations and corporate activities. The 
acquisition of Morrison – referred to elsewhere 
in the Accounts as ‘transformational’ – placed 
significant demands on the Executives as they 
executed eight months of detailed negotiations 
at a time of record mobilisations and the 
full time job of ‘running the business’. As the 
integration of Morrison progresses along with 
the decisions necessary to turn a loss-making 
business into the step changing transaction 
we believe it will be, the motivation of our 
management team is key. Therefore, we want 
to ensure that we have the structures in 
place to incentivise them appropriately for 
performance levels achieved. At the same 
time, we are confident that Mears is now 
in a stronger position to move forward and 
to build on its recent success in the future.

The Committee has determined that, for 2012, 
no bonuses were due to the Executive Directors 
as the stretching financial performance measures 
set at the beginning of the year were not 
achieved. Cognisant of the difficult market 
conditions within which we operate, salary 
levels for Executive Directors have again been 
frozen. This means that there have been no 
salary increases or bonus payments to the 
Executive Directors for the last three years. 
Due to various periods of corporate activity 
and the fact that the Company has been in 
closed periods for much of 2011 and 2012, 
it has not been possible to grant awards under 
the Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP) in 2011 
or 2012. We therefore wish to ensure that 
the significant efforts and achievements 
of the last few years are reflected in the 
remuneration of the Executive Team.

The remuneration policy at Mears has been 
a structure designed to incentivise those 
key Executives who are critical to execute 
the business strategy. Whilst strategic 
performance over the recent past has 
been strong, the difficulties with setting both 
appropriate short and long-term performance 
targets in a cyclical business combined with 
the inability, referred to above, to make regular 
share award grants has resulted in a weak 
link between performance and remuneration 
and not had the effect of being an effective 
incentive for Senior Management. We are also 
aware of the changing attitude of shareholders 
to Executive reward, during a period of austerity 
and a tough economic environment, and wish 
to take these factors into account with a new 
incentive structure given that the current LTIP 
arrangement expires this year.

As a result, the Committee has conducted a 
review of the current remuneration structure. 
The objective of this review has been to develop 
a holistic structure which strengthens the link 
between reward and performance – both 
financial and strategic performance – and act 
as a clear incentive to senior Executives over 
both the short and longer term. 

The incentive structure will therefore aim to 
deliver an appropriate mix of cash and shares 
subject to forfeiture, a longer holding period and 
also subject to the achievement of stretching 
annual financial and strategic performance 
metrics. This approach looks to reward strong 
corporate performance while at the same time, 
aligning the interests of Executives with those 
of shareholders over the longer term. The focus 
on annual performance will also ensure that 
the Committee retains the flexibility to select 
performance metrics which drive shareholder 
value appropriately in a highly challenging and 

uncertain economic environment. The 
Committee believes that such a revised structure 
will provide the framework necessary to foster 
a strong performance culture, align individuals’ 
reward with key corporate metrics, while at the 
same time driving shareholder value creation.

The outcome of this review and our proposals 
are, at the time of signing this report, subject 
to a consultation process with our major 
shareholders and key investor representative 
bodies. Following the outcome of this process, 
full details of our proposals will be provided 
and shareholder approval to the arrangements 
sought at the AGM. 

We enter 2013 much as we left 2012, 
a struggling economy, austerity, client budget 
cuts and lack of clarity from Government. 
We believe we have an excellent and proven 
management team which we wish to retain, 
reward and incentivise appropriately for 
performance. I believe that the changes we 
are making to our remuneration structure 
will enable us to achieve this objective and 
look forward to receiving your support for 
these proposals in due course.

P Dicks 
Chairman
Remuneration Committee

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

41

Corporate governance 
> Remuneration report continued

In summary, the Committee determines 
the total individual remuneration packages 
of each Executive Director of the Group 
and certain other senior employees (and any 
exit terms) and recommends to the Board the 
framework and broad policies of the Group in 
relation to Senior Executive remuneration. The 
Committee determines the targets for all of 
the Group’s performance related remuneration 
and exercises the Board’s powers in relation to 
all of the Group’s share and incentive plans.

The Committee met twice during 2012 and 
discussed, amongst others, the issues set 
out in the table below.

Annual overview
The Committee has continued to work to build 
investor confidence with regard to its Executive 
remuneration policies and remains committed 
to the following actions:

 »  improve the level of openness and transparency 
in remuneration reporting through a detailed 
annual Remuneration Report;

 »  reduce the Chairman’s salary following the 

separation of roles in 2010;

 »  operate a structured bonus arrangement 
with clear financial performance targets 
for each year; 

 »  undertake a regular review of the remuneration 
policies for Executive Directors and other 
Senior Executives within the Group to ensure 
that they remain appropriate to retain 
and motivate such individuals;

 »  take into account the changes to principles 
proposed by the Walker Review and other 
pronouncements by regulatory bodies 
and institutional shareholders and their 
representative bodies;

 »  consider pay policies within the Group as a 

whole when determining Executive Directors’ 
remuneration packages;

 »  encourage Executive Directors and 

Senior Executives to build up a meaningful 
shareholding in the Company to more closely 
align the interests of shareholders and 
Executives; and

 »  to be kept fully aware and informed on 

developments and best practice in the field of 
remuneration and corporate governance from 
external advisers, institutional shareholders 
and their representative bodies.

Notwithstanding the above, the Committee 
recognises that the success of the Group is 
down to the efforts of key individuals and that 
they should be fairly rewarded for their efforts 
and contributions in making Mears the success it 
is. The following section details how remuneration 
is structured and the factors taken into account 
when devising the remuneration policy.

The Committee has adopted the remuneration 
principles in the table on page 42 in supporting 
its primary objective of ensuring that the Group 
has in place a remuneration structure that is 
able to incentivise and retain highly skilled and 
motivated individuals who are the cornerstone 
of the continued success of the Group.

Introduction
This report has been prepared in accordance 
with SI 2008/410 Schedule 8 (the ‘Regulations’). 
The report also meets the relevant requirements 
of the Listing Rules of the Financial Services 
Authority and describes how the Board has 
applied the principles and complied with the 
provisions of the 2010 UK Corporate Governance 
Code relating to Directors’ remuneration. 
As required by the Regulations, an advisory 
resolution to approve the Report will be 
proposed at the AGM of the Company at which 
the financial statements will be approved.

The auditor is required to report on the 
‘auditable’ part of this Report and to state 
whether, in its opinion, that part of the Report 
has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006. The report is therefore 
divided into separate sections for audited and 
unaudited information.

Part 2 of the Regulations – 
unaudited information
Remuneration Committee
The Directors who were members of the 
Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’) 
during the year are shown on page 37.

In 2012, the Committee continued to engage 
PwC and received wholly independent advice 
on Executive compensation.

The Committee is formally constituted 
with written terms of reference and its main 
responsibilities are detailed in the Corporate 
Governance Statement on page 37.

Remuneration Committee

Meeting

April

Key issues discussed

Attendees

 » A review of Executive Directors’ and Senior Management’s base salaries and pension provision

All Committee members

 » Consideration of bonus payments for Executive Directors

 » Approval of the 2011 Directors’ Remuneration Report

 » Structure and performance targets of LTIP

December

 » Review of Executive Directors’ incentive structure for 2013

All Committee members

 » Deferral of 2011 LTIP awards pending outcome of review in conjunction with advisers

 » Deferral of 2012 LTIP awards

 » Review of pension contributions made in respect of Executive Directors

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42

Corporate governance 
> Remuneration report continued

Part 2 of the Regulations – unaudited information continued
Remuneration policy and philosophy

Remuneration policy

How is this achieved?

Levels of remuneration should be appropriate to retain 
and motivate the Executive talent required to meet the 
Group’s objectives.

 »  Provide threshold level of remuneration which reflects the individual’s experience, 

role and contribution within the Group. 

 »  Remuneration levels are reviewed annually with due consideration afforded to 

the Mears’ remuneration policy and external benchmarks and market practices.

Incentive arrangements for key individuals should be capable 
of providing exceptional levels of total payment if outstanding 
performance is achieved.

 »  The Executive Directors’ remuneration packages are designed to ensure that 

variable components of an Executive Director’s remuneration package amounts 
to one third for target performance and half for stretching performance.

The significant component of each Executive’s total 
compensation should be delivered through performance 
related pay and the provision of equity.

 »  Around half of the Executive Directors’ remuneration package is based on long-term 
performance. The Group intends to operate long-term incentives in which awards 
vest subject to the achievement of challenging growth targets.

A commitment to fostering a strong performance culture 
that aligns an individual’s rewards with the key corporate 
metrics that drive shareholder value creation.

 »  Performance targets are set which are motivating and directly aligned to the 

Group’s strategic underlying performance.

 »  The Committee also ensures that the remuneration package does not lead 
to irresponsible behaviours and that it takes appropriate account of risk.

Incentive arrangements review
At the end of 2012, the Committee determined 
that it would be an appropriate time to review 
the incentive arrangements to ensure that they 
are aligned with and supportive of the Group’s 
business strategy following the acquisition of 
Morrison, and that they are effective in providing 
exceptional levels of payment if outstanding 
performance has been achieved. The Committee 
is also cognisant of changes in market practice 
in the area of Executive remuneration. The key 
principles underlying this review are:

 »  there should be a holistic structure which 
strengthens the link between reward and 
performance over the short and longer term;

 »  the performance targets used in incentive 
arrangements should be directly linked to 
the Group’s strategic and business targets;

 »  the incentive arrangements should provide 

greater alignment with shareholder interests 
and encourage a long-term view to be taken 
by participants;

 »  if a minimum level of performance is not 
achieved, there should be a mechanism in 
place to claw back awards or for awards 
to be forfeited; and 

 »  the incentive arrangements should promote 

retention of the Executive Directors and other 
key Executives over an appropriate period to 
execute the Group’s business strategy.

As explained in the Chairman’s letter, at the time 
of finalising this report, the outcome of this review 
and proposals are subject to a consultation process 
with our major shareholders and key investor 
representative bodies. Following the outcome 

of this process, full details of our proposals 
will be provided and shareholder approval 
to the arrangements sought at the AGM.

Given the current review of the incentive 
arrangements, the charts below demonstrate the 
balance between fixed and variable pay for target 
and maximum performance for Executive Directors’ 
remuneration in 2012 in line with the relevant policy. 
It should be noted that no awards were granted 
under the LTIP in respect of 2011 or 2012. Further, 
R Holt does not participate in the annual bonus 
plan and is not granted awards under the LTIP:

Target remuneration as a percentage of total remuneration for each Executive Director

R Holt

D J Miles

A C M Smith 

A Long

  Salary 
  Annual bonus 

  LTIP 
  Pension 

77% 
— 

— 
23%

  Salary 
  Annual bonus 

  LTIP 
  Pension 

38% 
15% 

42% 
6%

  Salary 
  Annual bonus 

  LTIP 
  Pension 

38% 
15% 

42% 
6%

  Salary 
  Annual bonus 

  LTIP 
  Pension 

38% 
15% 

42% 
6%

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

43

Corporate governance 
> Remuneration report continued

External appointments
R Holt is Chairman and Chief Executive of Green 
Compliance PLC and Non-Executive Chairman 
of Inspired Energy PLC and receives fees 
totalling £61,000.

Annual bonus
For the year ended 31 December 2012 the 
Group offered Executive Directors and Senior 
Management the opportunity to earn performance 
related bonuses. Maximum bonus levels and the 
proportion payable for on-target performance 
are considered in the light of market bonus 
levels for similar roles among our competitors 
and in the quoted support services sector. 
This bonus structure is subject to the review 
mentioned above.

In respect of 2012, the maximum bonus potential 
for the Executive Directors was limited to 75% of 
salary. It should be noted that bonus payments 
are not pensionable. As disclosed last year, with 
effect from 2012, the Committee’s intention is 
that a significant portion of any bonus payments 
due to Executive Directors will be paid in shares 
rather than cash.

In 2012, the Committee set clear objectives 
for each individual Executive Director relating 
to Group KPIs, plus individual (where relevant) 
divisional and strategic targets, taking into 
account where an individual has particular 
influence and responsibility. The performance 
against the Group KPIs is measured using 
a balanced scorecard approach which is 
applied to each of the Executive Directors. 

Part 2 of the Regulations – 
unaudited information continued
Remuneration policy and philosophy continued
Salary
The purpose of the base salary is to:

 » help recruit and retain key individuals;

 »  reflect the individual’s experience, role 
and contribution within the Group; and

 » ensure fair reward for ‘doing the job’.

The Committee reviews base salaries annually 
in April in order to ensure that Executive Directors 
remain competitively aligned with external 
market practices.

The Committee will retain the discretion to 
increase an individual’s salary where there is 
a significant difference between current levels 
and a market competitive rate. However, 
in determining whether to increase levels 
the Committee will take the following 
into consideration:

 »  the performance of the individual 

Executive Director;

received by Executive Chairmen at similar size 
companies. In 2012 his base salary was further 
reduced from £350,000 to £250,000. In respect 
of 2013, the Chairman’s salary will remain at 
£250,000. This is to reflect the fact that, leading 
up to and since the completion of the Morrison 
acquisition and in the year to come, the duties 
performed by the Chairman and his ongoing 
time commitment to Mears have increased. The 
Chairman’s expertise and strategic input are vital 
in combining the two businesses and the success 
of this acquisition. Maintaining his salary level at 
£250,000 for 2013 reflects this. However the fact 
that the salary level is being maintained in 2013 is 
not indicative of future levels and the Committee 
will continue to review at regular intervals the role 
and responsibilities of the Chairman going forward 
in accordance with the implementation of the 
succession planning strategy and to ensure that 
it remains appropriate based on his ongoing role 
and responsibilities.

When setting the salary levels for the Executive 
Directors, in addition to the factors summarised 
above, salary levels paid by a number of 
comparator companies of a similar size 
to Mears are taken into account. 

 »  the individual Executive Director’s experience 

and responsibilities;

 » the impact on fixed costs of any increase; and

The table below shows the Executive Directors’ 
salaries for 2012. As indicated above, salaries 
will be reviewed in (and changes, if any, will 
be effective from) April 2013:

 » pay and conditions throughout the Group.

As communicated in previous years’ 
Remuneration Reports, the Committee is 
committed to reviewing the salary level for 
the Chairman, which historically reflected his 
combined role of Chairman and Chief Executive. 
Since the separation of roles in late 2010, the 
Committee has progressively reduced his base 
salary to levels which are aligned with salaries 

R Holt

D J Miles

A C M Smith

A Long

Base salary
2013

Base salary
2012

£250,000

£250,000

£330,000

£330,000

£220,000

£220,000

£180,000

£180,000

Annual bonus
Measure

Proportion

Objective

Financial performance

2/3

The Group’s financial performance 
is measured against annual budgets 
that drive corporate performance.

Profit before tax and amortisation 
(PBTA)
Achievement
Payment – % of salary

Threshold

Budget

Maximum

<100%
0%

100%
26.67%

110%
50%

Typical KPIs include:

Below target

Target Maximum

Personal objectives

1/3

Performance is measured annually 
against agreed personal objectives 
that will support the achievement 
of the Group’s business goals.

Business development
Bid wins ratios
Working capital control
Service ratings
Margins
Complaint ratios
Jobs completed on time ratios
People development
HSE targets
Revenue growth

Aggregate
payout is
0%

Aggregate
payout is
13.33%

Aggregate
payout is
25%

Total bonus (as % of base salary)

—

40%

75%

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44

Corporate governance 
> Remuneration report continued

Part 2 of the Regulations – 
unaudited information continued
Remuneration policy and philosophy 
continued
Annual bonus continued
Such targets included:

 » delivery and mobilisation of new contracts;

 » delivery of acquisition strategy;

 » shaping and development of the Care business;

 » succession planning; and

 » financial performance.

For 2012, annual bonuses were based on 
a combination of performance measures 
as stated in the table below.

The proportion of the bonus awarded that is 
based on an individual’s personal objectives is 
conditional upon the achievement of the budget 
performance target, at which point this part of 
the award will be subject to the performance 
targets indicated in the table on page 43.

As described above, the structure of the annual 
bonus plan is currently being reviewed. To the 
extent that any changes to the 2012 structure 
are proposed as a consequence of this review, 
shareholders will be consulted on the proposals 
before they are implemented. 

Benefits
The Executive Directors receive additional benefits 
including a company provided car or an allowance 

in lieu, life assurance and private medical 
insurance. Benefits-in-kind are not pensionable.

Pensions
All Executive Directors receive a contribution into 
their respective defined contribution plans which 
are subject to periodic review to ensure that they 
remain in line with rates applicable in the market. 
Only the base salary is pensionable. With the 
exclusion of R Holt, the Committee reviewed 
the pension contribution rates paid in respect of 
Executive Directors at its meeting in December 2011 
and agreed to increase these rates to 15% per 
annum, which is in line with the current market. 
This increase became effective from January 2012. 
No increases are proposed for 2013. The pension 
contribution rate in respect of R Holt remains 
30% per annum.

The contribution rates, together with the 
amounts paid into the defined contribution 
plans, are set out in the audited section of 
this report on page 47.

Share awards
Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
The Committee’s policy, which is subject to review, 
has been to provide market competitive annual 
share grants to Executive Directors and certain 
members of the Senior Management Team.

The two conditions are measured independently. 
Awards will be released on the third anniversary 
of the date of grant subject to the achievement 
of the relevant performance conditions over 
the same period.

Pending a review of the structure and 
performance targets of the LTIP, the Committee 
did not grant LTIP awards to the Executive 
Directors during the 2011 financial year. Further, 
no LTIP awards were granted to the Executive 
Directors during the 2012 financial year, which 
means that no LTIP awards have been granted 
since 2010. The Committee acknowledges that, 
in line with its remuneration policy and philosophy, 
it is vital that incentive arrangements are in place 
to drive exceptional performance and to deliver 
a significant proportion of the Executive Directors’ 
total remuneration through performance related 
pay and equity, where justified by performance 
levels. Therefore, the structure of the LTIP is being 
considered as part of the incentive arrangements 
review referred to elsewhere in this report. To 
the extent that any changes to the current LTIP 
structure are proposed as a consequence of 
this review, shareholders will be consulted on 
the proposals before they are implemented.

The following table sets out the level of 
vesting based on performance to date for all 
outstanding LTIP awards. The performance targets 
and vesting mechanism are detailed on page 47. 
The performance period of the LTIP awards granted 
in October 2009 ended in October 2012. The Group 
reported an average annual EPS growth rate of 
11.08% which resulted in 18.64% of the options 
linked to EPS performance vesting. None of the 
options linked to TSR performance vested.

The main terms and conditions of the LTIP
Feature

Terms and conditions

Maximum individual limit

200% of salary p.a. 

Performance conditions

Awards made annually in the form of 1p options.

75% of the award vests based on the growth in Group EPS 
performance over a three-year performance period. EPS 
targets are set by reference to consensus analyst forecasts 
with maximum payout at a significant stretch to this level. 
Awards are underpinned by a comparative TSR measure 
whereby the Group’s growth in TSR must at least exceed 
the return of an appropriate comparator group.

25% of the award is subject to the Group’s TSR growth 
against the return of an appropriate comparator group 
over a three-year performance period. 

The level of vesting based on performance to date for all outstanding LTIP awards

Year of grant

Performance period

2009

2010

*  Actual.

October 2009–October 2012*

August 2010–August 2013**

** Projected given performance to date.

No LTIP awards were granted in 2011 or 2012.

Percentage of award vesting

TSR

EPS

Total vesting

— 18.6%

—

21.0%

14.0%

15.8%

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Part 2 of the Regulations – 
unaudited information continued
Share options
Although the policy on equity incentives is 
through the provision of the LTIP Awards, Executive 
Directors and members of the Senior Management 
Team hold share options in the Company which 
were granted prior to adoption of the LTIP.

The tables on pages 47 and 48 set out the number 
of share awards held by the Executive Directors. 
There were no share option awards in 2012.

All-employee share plans
The Group encourages share ownership 
by employees and, accordingly, it operates 
an all-employee share plan.

Under the terms of the Sharesave Plan all UK 
employees can save up to £250 per month and 
receive three or five-year options to acquire the 
Company’s shares priced at a discount of up to 
20%. In December 2011 invitations were issued 
to all eligible employees (other than Directors) 
at an option price of 178p which resulted 
in applications for 1,357,977 options from 
664 employees, all of which were accepted 
in full. 

Dilution
In accordance with the Association of British 
Insurers’ guidelines, the Company can issue 
a maximum of 10% of its issued share capital 
in a rolling ten-year period to employees under 
all its share plans. In addition, of this 10% the 
Company can only issue 5% to satisfy awards 
under discretionary or Executive plans. The 
Company operates all its share plans within 
these guidelines.

Shareholder consultation
During the 2012 financial year, the Company 
did not consult with shareholders on Executive 
remuneration, although it did provide clarification 
on the remuneration policy and Committee’s 
intentions as regards the granting of LTIP awards 
to various investor bodies. The Company received 
support from 83% of shareholders who voted 
in respect of its 2011 Remuneration Report. 

Other remuneration matters
Executive Directors’ contracts
Details of the service contracts of the Executive 
Directors of the Company are as follows: 

Name

R Holt

D J Miles

A C M Smith

Notice
period

6 months

12 months

12 months

Contract
date

June 2008

June 2008

June 2008

A Long

12 months

August 2009

All Executive Directors’ contracts are rolling 
and, therefore, will continue unless terminated 
by written notice. In the event of the termination 
of an Executive’s contract, salary and benefits 
will be payable during the notice period (there 
will, however, be no automatic entitlement 
to bonus payments or share incentive grants 
during the period of notice other than where 
normal good leaver provisions apply). If there 
has been a performance failure, the Committee 
will ensure that there have been no unjustified 
payments. There are no special provisions in 
the contracts of employment extending notice 
periods on the liquidation of the Company or 
cessation of employment. The maximum notice 
period on a change of control is twelve months.

Executive Directors have an obligation to 
inform the Board, specifically the Remuneration 
Committee, of any Non-Executive positions held 
or being contemplated and of the associated 
remuneration package. The Remuneration 
Committee will consider the merits of each 
case and carefully consider the work and time 
commitment required to fulfil the Non-Executive 
duties and the potential benefit to the Group 
and then determine whether the remuneration 
should be retained by the Executive or passed 
over to the Group.

Non-Executive Directors’ fee level
The remuneration of the Non-Executive 
Directors is determined by the Board and 
is within the limits set by the Articles of 
Association. Assistance is also available 
from the Group’s remuneration advisers. 

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

45

Corporate governance 
> Remuneration report continued

Each Non-Executive Director was paid an 
annualised fee of £42,000 for 2011 and £45,000 
for 2012. These fees are subject to review in 2013. 
No additional fees are paid for Committee 
membership or other normal duties and 
Non-Executive Directors do not participate in 
any incentive, pension or bonus arrangements.

Details of the current Non-Executive Directors’ 
appointment dates are:

Name

D L Hosein

M G Rogers

P F Dicks

D Marston

R Macnamara

Effective date of letter of
appointment or last renewal

June 2008

June 2008

June 2008

June 2010

June 2010

Non-Executive Directors do not have service 
contracts. Letters of appointment run for a 
rolling six-month period.

Directors’ interests
The beneficial interests of the Directors in the 
shares of the Company at 31 December 2012 
and 31 December 2011 are detailed below: 

Ordinary shares

31 December 31 December
2011
Number

2012
Number

— 500,000

110,000

110,000

105,000

4,108

50,000

4,108

72,420

102,420

—

23,298

15,342

—

—

23,298

15,324

—

R Holt

D J Miles

A C M Smith

A Long

M G Rogers 

D L Hosein

P F Dicks

D Marston

R Macnamara

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
46

Corporate governance 
> Remuneration report continued

Five-year TSR performance graph
The graph to the right shows the Group’s 
performance, measured by Total Shareholder 
Return (TSR), compared with the constituents of 
the FTSE All Share Support Service Sector over 
the last five years. The Index is the most relevant 
to compare the Group’s performance against 
its peers. 

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

Dec 07

Dec 08

Dec 09

Dec 10

Dec 11

Dec 12

  Mears Group PLC 
  FTSE All Share Support Services

Part 3 of the Regulations – 
audited information
The remuneration of each Director, excluding long-term, share-based incentive awards and pensions, during the year ended 31 December 2012 compared 
with 2011 is set out in the table below:

Directors’ remuneration

Executive

R Holt

D J Miles

A C M Smith

A Long

Non-Executive

M A Macario*

D L Hosein

M G Rogers

P F Dicks

D Marston

R Macnamara

Total remuneration

* M A Macario did not seek re-election at the AGM on 8 June 2011.

Fees/
basic salary
£’000

Bonus
£’000

Benefits-
in-kind
£’000

250

330

220

180

980

—

45

45

45

45

45

225

1,205

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

20

29

6

11

66

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

66

2012
Total
£’000

270

359

226

191

2011
Total
£’000

365

339

226

190

1,046

1,120

—

45

45

45

45

45

21

42

42

42

42

42

225

1,271

231

1,351

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Part 3 of the Regulations – audited information continued
Executive Directors’ pensions (defined contribution)

R Holt

D J Miles

A C M Smith

A Long

47

Corporate governance 
> Remuneration report continued

2012

£’000

2012
% of base
salary

75

50

33

27

185

30

15

15

15

2011
% of base 
salary

30

14

10

10

2011

£’000

105

45

22

18

190

Mears Group PLC Long-term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
The LTIP was approved by shareholders on 1 October 2008. Awards under the LTIP are set out in the table below:

Date of grant

D J Miles

13 October 20081

28 October 20092

24 August 20103

A C M Smith

13 October 20081

28 October 20092

24 August 20103

A Long

13 October 20081

28 October 20092

24 August 20103

LTIP Awards
to 1 January
2012

26,550

100,000

175,000

26,550

100,000

130,000

26,550

100,000

100,000

LTIP Awards
held at
31 December
2012

Lapsed

Exercised

—

(86,020)

—

—

—

26,550

13,980

— 175,000

—

(26,550)

—

(86,020)

—

—

(86,020)

—

—

13,980

— 130,000

—

—

26,550

13,980

— 100,000

Date of
release

October 2011

October 2012

August 2013

October 2011

October 2012

August 2013

October 2011

October 2012

August 2013

1    The performance applicable to 2008 awards is subject to EPS 
growth (50% of the award) of 10%, 12.5% and 17.5% p.a. for 
10%, 30% and 100% vesting and TSR performance against 
the FTSE All Share Support Services Sector (50% of the 
award) where 30% vests for performance equal to the Index 
and full vesting occurs for outperforming the Index by 10%.

3    The performance applicable to 2010 awards is subject to EPS 
growth (75% of the award) of 8%, 12.5% and 15% p.a. for 10%, 
30% and 100% vesting and TSR performance against the 
FTSE All Share Support Services Sector (25% of the award) 
where 30% vests for performance equal to the Index and 
full vesting occurs for outperforming the Index by 10%.

2    The performance applicable to 2009 awards is subject to EPS 
growth (75% of the award) of 10%, 12.5% and 15% p.a. for 
10%, 30% and 100% vesting and TSR performance against 
the FTSE All Share Support Services Sector (25% of the 
award) where 30% vests for performance equal to the Index 
and full vesting occurs for outperforming the Index by 10%.

LTIP Awards are in the form of 1p options. If the 
relevant EPS and TSR performance conditions 
attaching to the awards are satisfied then the 
Director has seven years in which to exercise 
the award.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
48

Corporate governance 
> Remuneration report continued

Part 3 of the Regulations – audited information continued
Details of Directors’ interests in shares held under option
Executive Directors hold the following options granted under the Mears Group Share Option Scheme or Special Incentive Plan:

Date of grant

R Holt

28 September 20091

D J Miles

1 April 20043

8 April 20053

21 April 2006

21 April 20063

28 September 20073

20 March 20083

A C M Smith

10 April 20032

1 April 20042, 3

8 April 20052, 3

21 April 2006

21 April 20063

28 September 20072, 3

20 March 20082, 3

A Long

21 April 2006

21 April 20063

28 September 20073

20 March 20083

At
1 January
2012

Lapsed

Exercised

At
31 December
2012

Exercise
price
p

2,500,000

— (1,500,000) 1,000,000

30,453

7,220

10,000

6,087

50,045

151,149

50,000

24,363

7,220

10,000

6,087

50,045

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

30,453

7,220

10,000

6,087

50,045

— 151,149

(50,000)

(24,363)

(7,220)

—

—

—

—

—

10,000

6,087

(50,045)

100,766

— (100,766)

10,000

6,087

20,018

75,575

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

10,000

6,087

20,018

75,575

1

1

1

300

1

1

1

77

1

1

300

1

1

1

300

1

1

1

Exercisable
dates

2010–2019

2007–2014

2008–2015

2009–2016

2009–2016

2010–2017

2011–2018

2006–2013

2007–2014

2008–2015

2009–2016

2009–2016

2010–2017

2011–2018

2009–2016

2009–2016

2010–2017

2011–2018

1    On 22 March 2012 R Holt, Chairman of Mears, exercised 

share options (granted in 2009 with a condition of continued 
employment and a condition relating to EPS growth over 
a three-year period) over 1,500,000 ordinary shares in 
the Company. The resulting shares were sold on the 
same day at an average price of 250p per share.

2    On 2 April 2012, A C M Smith, Finance Director of Mears, 

exercised share options (granted in 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007 
and 2008 with a condition of continued employment) over 
258,944 ordinary shares. 203,944 of the resulting shares 
were sold on 3 April 2012 and 10 April 2012 at an average 
price of 259.26p.

3    For those options with an exercise price of 1p, these options 
which were previously market-priced options but were 
replaced with a lower number of 1p options with the same 
expected value and terms and conditions. These 1p options 
can only be exercised if the share price is greater than the 
original exercise price of the market-priced options.

Options are exercisable at the prices indicated 
which are equal to the average quoted market 
price of the Company’s shares on the three dealing 
days prior to the date of grant. The vesting period 
is three years. If the options remain unexercised 
after a period of ten years from the date of grant, 
the options expire and are forfeited if the Director 
leaves Mears Group PLC before the option vests.

The market price of the Company’s shares 
at 31 December 2012 was 328p and the 
range during 2012 was 216p to 335p.

The agreements covering Directors’ options 
and LTIP Awards are available for inspection at 
the Group’s offices. The Company’s Register of 
Directors’ Interests (which is also open to inspection) 
contains full details of the Directors’ shareholdings 
and options to subscribe.

This report was approved by the Board and 
has been signed on its behalf by:

P F Dicks
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
9 April 2013

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

49

Corporate governance 
> Report of the independent auditor  
> to the members of Mears Group PLC

Scope of the audit of the 
financial statements
A description of the scope of an audit of financial 
statements is provided on the APB’s website at 
www.frc.org.uk/apb/scope/private.cfm.

Matters on which we are required 
to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect 
of the following:

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion:

 »  the financial statements give a true and 
fair view of the state of the Group’s and 
of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 
31 December 2012 and of the Group’s 
profit for the year then ended; 

 »  the Group financial statements have been 
properly prepared in accordance with IFRS 
as adopted by the European Union;

 »  the Parent Company financial statements 

have been properly prepared in accordance 
with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice; and

 »  the financial statements have been prepared 
in accordance with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of 
the IAS Regulation.

Opinion on other matters prescribed 
by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:

 »  the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006;

 »  the information given in the Directors’ Report 
for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent 
with the financial statements; and

 »  the information given in the Corporate 

Governance Statement set out on pages 34 
to 39 with respect to internal control and 
risk management systems in relation to 
financial reporting processes and about 
share capital structures is consistent 
with the financial statements. 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required 
to report to you if, in our opinion:

 »  adequate accounting records have not 

been kept by the Parent Company, or returns 
adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; 

 »  the Parent Company financial statements 

and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns; 

 »  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration 

specified by law are not made; 

 »  we have not received all the information and 
explanations we require for our audit; or

 »  a corporate governance statement has 
not been prepared by the Company.

Under the Listing Rules, we are required to review:

 »  the Directors’ statement, set out on page 31, 

in relation to going concern; 

 »  the part of the Corporate Governance 
Statement relating to the Company’s 
compliance with the nine provisions of 
the June 2008 Combined Code specified 
for our review; and

 »  certain elements of the report to the 

shareholders by the Board on Directors’ 
remuneration.

Simon J Lowe
Senior Statutory Auditor
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants
Bristol
9 April 2013

We have audited the 
financial statements of 
Mears Group PLC for the year 
ended 31 December 2012 which 
comprise the Group principal 
accounting policies, Consolidated 
Income Statement, Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive 
Income, Consolidated Balance 
Sheet, Consolidated Cash Flow 
Statement, Consolidated 
Statement of Changes in Equity, 
related Group notes, Company 
principal accounting policies, 
Parent Company Balance Sheet 
and related Company notes. 

The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in the preparation of the Group financial 
statements is applicable law and International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted 
by the European Union. The financial reporting 
framework that has been applied in the preparation 
of the Parent Company financial statements is 
applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice).

This report is made solely to the Company’s 
members, as a body, in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we 
might state to the Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an 
auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the 
fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept 
or assume responsibility to anyone other than 
the Company and the Company’s members as a 
body for our audit work, for this report, or for the 
opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities 
of Directors and auditor
As explained more fully in the Directors’ 
Responsibilities Statement set out on page 33, 
the Directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility 
is to audit and express an opinion on the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law 
and International Standards on Auditing (United 
Kingdom and Ireland). Those standards require 
us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s 
(APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50

Financial statements 
> Principal accounting policies – Group

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union. The financial 
statements are prepared under the historical cost convention.

The accounting policies remain unchanged from the previous year except for the adoption of amendments to IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’.

IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ was effective from 1 January 2012 and has had no material impact on the Group.

The Directors consider that as at the date of approving the financial statements, there is a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company have 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the financial statements. The Directors have discussed the principal risks and uncertainties of the business in the Risk Management 
section on pages 24 and 25.

Basis of consolidation
The Consolidated Balance Sheet includes the assets and liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries and is made up to 31 December 2012. 
Entities over which the Group has the ability to exercise control over financial and operating policies are accounted for as subsidiaries. Control 
is obtained and exercised through voting rights so as to obtain benefits from its activities. Interests acquired in entities are consolidated from 
the effective date of acquisition and interests sold are consolidated up to the date of disposal.

All significant intercompany transactions and balances between Group enterprises, including unrealised profits arising from intra-group transactions, 
are eliminated on consolidation; no profit is taken on sales between Group companies.

Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The acquisition method involves the recognition at fair value of all identifiable 
assets and liabilities, including contingent liabilities of the subsidiary at the acquisition date, regardless of whether or not they were recorded in the 
financial statements of the subsidiary prior to acquisition. On initial recognition, the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary are included in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet at their fair values, which are also used as the bases for subsequent measurement in accordance with the Group accounting policies. 
Goodwill is stated after separating out identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of the Group’s 
share of the identifiable net assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition.

Where applicable the consideration for an acquisition includes any assets or liabilities arising from a contingent consideration arrangement, measured 
at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes in such fair values are adjusted against the cost of acquisition where they result from additional 
information obtained up to one year from the acquisition date about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. All other subsequent 
changes in the fair value of contingent consideration classified as an asset or liability are recognised in accordance with IAS 39, either in the 
Consolidated Income Statement or Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Costs relating to acquisitions in the year have been expensed.

Any business combinations prior to 1 January 2010 were accounted for in accordance with the standards in place at the time, which differ in the following 
respects: transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition formed part of the acquisition costs; contingent consideration was recognised if, 
and only if, the Group had a present obligation, the economic outflow was more likely than not and a reliable estimate was determinable; and subsequent 
adjustments to the contingent consideration were recognised as part of goodwill.

Property, plant and equipment
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost, net of depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable 
to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only 
when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow into the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. 
All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the Income Statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Principal accounting policies – Group continued

51

Property, plant and equipment continued
Freehold land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated to write down the cost less estimated residual value over their estimated 
useful economic lives. The rates generally applicable are:

Freehold buildings   
Leasehold improvements 
Plant and machinery 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment 
Motor vehicles 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2% p.a., straight-line
over the period of the lease, straight-line
25% p.a., reducing balance
25% p.a., reducing balance
25% p.a., reducing balance

Residual values are reviewed annually and updated if appropriate. The carrying value is reviewed for impairment in the period if events or changes 
in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. An asset’s carrying value is written down immediately to its recoverable amount 
if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within administrative 
expenses in the Income Statement.

Intangible assets
In accordance with IFRS 3 (Revised) ‘Business Combinations’, an intangible asset acquired in a business combination is deemed to have a cost to the 
Group of its fair value at the acquisition date. The fair value of the intangible asset reflects market expectations about the probability that the future 
economic benefits embodied in the asset will flow to the Group. Where an intangible asset might be separable, but only together with a related tangible 
or intangible asset, the group of assets is recognised as a single asset separately from goodwill where the individual fair values of the assets in the 
Group are not reliably measurable. Where the individual fair value of the complementary assets are reliably measurable, the Group recognises them 
as a single asset provided the individual assets have similar useful lives. Intangible assets are amortised over the useful economic life of those assets.

Development costs incurred on software development are capitalised when all the following conditions are satisfied:

 » completion of the software module is technically feasible so that it will be available for use;

 » the Group intends to complete the development of the module and use it;

 » the software will be used in generating probable future economic benefits; 

 » there are adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use the software; and

 » the expenditure attributable to the software during its development can be measured reliably.

Costs incurred making intellectual property available for use (including any associated borrowing costs) are capitalised when all of the following 
conditions are satisfied:

 » completion of the data set is technically feasible so that it will be available for use;

 » the Group intends to complete the preparation of the data and use it;

 » the data will be used in generating probable future economic benefits; 

 » there are adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the data set and to use it; and

 » the expenditure attributable to the intellectual property during its development can be measured reliably.

Development costs not meeting the criteria for capitalisation are expensed as incurred. Careful judgement by management is applied when deciding 
whether the recognition requirements for development costs have been met. This is necessary as the economic success of any development is uncertain 
and may be subject to future technical problems at the time of recognition. Judgements are based on the information available at each balance sheet 
date. In addition, all internal activities related to the research and development of new software are continually monitored by management.

The cost of an internally generated intangible asset comprises all directly attributable costs necessary to create, produce and prepare the asset to 
be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. Directly attributable costs include employee costs incurred on software development.

Amortisation commences upon completion of the asset and is shown within other administrative expenses. Until the asset is available for use 
on completion of the project, the assets are subject to impairment testing only. Development expenditure is amortised over the period expected 
to benefit.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52

Financial statements 
> Principal accounting policies – Group continued

Intangible assets continued
The identifiable intangible assets and associated periods of amortisation are as follows:

Order book 
Client relationships  
Development expenditure 
Intellectual property 

– 
– 
– 
– 

over the period of the order book, typically three years
over the period expected to benefit, typically five years
25% p.a., straight-line
over the period of usefulness of the intellectual property, typically five years

Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents any excess of the cost of the acquired entity over the Group’s interest in the fair 
value of the entity’s identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and is capitalised as a separate item. Goodwill is recognised as an intangible asset.

Under the business combinations exemption of IFRS 1, goodwill previously written off direct to reserves under UK GAAP is not recycled to the Income 
Statement on calculating a gain or loss on disposal.

Impairment
For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows: cash-generating 
units (CGUs). As a result, some assets are tested individually for impairment and some are tested at CGU level. Goodwill is allocated to those CGUs that 
are expected to benefit from synergies of the related business combination and represent the lowest level within the Group at which management 
monitors the related cash flows.

Goodwill, other individual assets or CGUs that include goodwill and those intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment at least 
annually. All other individual assets or CGUs are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
may not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised in the Income Statement for the amount by which the asset or CGU’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable 
amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value, reflecting market conditions less costs to sell, and value in use based on an internal 
discounted cash flow evaluation. Impairment losses recognised for CGUs, to which goodwill has been allocated, are credited initially to the carrying 
amount of goodwill. Any remaining impairment loss is charged pro-rata to the other assets in the CGU. With the exception of goodwill, all assets 
are subsequently reassessed for indications that an impairment loss previously recognised may no longer exist.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is the actual purchase price of materials.

Work in progress
Work in progress is included in inventories after deducting any foreseeable losses and payments on account not matched with revenue. Work in progress 
represents costs incurred on contracts that cannot be matched with contract work accounted for as revenue. Work in progress is stated at the lower 
of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises materials, direct labour and any subcontracted work that has been incurred in bringing the inventories 
and work in progress to their present location and condition.

Amounts recoverable on contracts
Amounts recoverable on contracts are included in trade and other receivables and represent revenue recognised in excess of payments on account.

Accounting for taxes
Income tax comprises current and deferred taxation.

Current tax assets and/or liabilities comprise those obligations to, or claims from, fiscal authorities relating to the current or prior reporting period 
that are unpaid at the balance sheet date. They are calculated according to the tax rates and tax laws applicable to the fiscal periods to which they 
relate, based on the taxable profit for the year. 

Where an item of income or expense is recognised in the Income Statement, any related tax generated is recognised as a component of tax expense 
in the Income Statement. Where an item is recognised directly to equity or presented within the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, 
any related tax generated is treated similarly.

Deferred taxation is the tax expected to be repayable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial 
statements and corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Principal accounting policies – Group continued

53

Accounting for taxes continued
Deferred taxation liabilities are generally recognised on all taxable temporary differences in full with no discounting. Deferred taxation assets 
are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. 
However, deferred tax is not provided on the initial recognition of goodwill, nor on the initial recognition of an asset or liability, unless the related 
transaction is a business combination or affects tax or accounting profit.

Deferred taxation is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised, provided 
they are enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. The carrying value of deferred taxation assets is reviewed at each balance sheet 
date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available against which taxable temporary differences 
can be utilised. Deferred tax is charged or credited to either the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income or equity to the extent that it relates to items charged or credited.

Revenue
Revenue is measured in accordance with IAS 18 ‘Revenue’ at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, for goods and services 
provided in the normal course of business, net of rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group.

Social Housing
Revenue is recognised when the outcome of a job or contract can be estimated reliably; revenue associated with the transaction is recognised by 
reference to the stage of completion of work at the balance sheet date. The outcome of the transaction is deemed to be able to be estimated reliably 
when all the following conditions are satisfied:

 » the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 » it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity;

 » the stage of completion of the transaction at the balance sheet date can be measured reliably; and

 » the costs incurred for the transaction and the costs to complete the transaction can be measured reliably.

Whilst all Social Housing contracts can fit within the guidelines laid down for revenue recognition as detailed above, the alternative contractual pricing 
mechanisms do result in different methods of assessing the stage of completion. The Group has therefore recognised revenue dependent on the 
nature of transactions in line with IAS 18.

There are some contracts where we are entitled to a fee to reimburse the costs relating to a new contract start-up. This fee is sometimes paid on 
commencement or paid in instalments over an extended period. Where the contractual entitlement to this income crystallises upon commencement, 
the revenue is recognised. All costs relating to pre-commencement and mobilisation are written off as they are incurred.

There are numerous contractual pricing mechanisms but one can broadly divide these into three types: 

Schedule of Rates (SOR) contracts 
There is an element of SOR in approximately two thirds of contracts. At tender stage we enter a price for each of the numerous tasks carried out 
in respect to property maintenance. Typically we price for uplift or a discount against a pre-priced schedule. This price will, in some cases, be an 
all-encompassing price for the cost of direct works, the local site overhead, central overhead and profit contribution. In other instances, the SOR 
tendered may only recover direct works with an alternative mechanism to recover the other elements. Wherever possible, we seek to identify all 
individual works tickets received individually and capture costs and billing at the individual work ticket level. In so doing, this allows revenue to be 
recognised with a high degree of accuracy. Typically, reactive maintenance works are invoiced within a month of completion, hence the majority 
of revenue recognised has already been individually valued at the work ticket level and the significant majority has been subsequently settled. 
The only element of revenue or profit recognition that requires judgement is against those jobs that are part complete or those completed works 
that have not been subject to a final valuation.

For part completed works, it is probable that the Group will recover the transaction costs incurred. Whether the outcome of the transaction can be 
estimated reliably needs to be considered contract by contract based on historic outcomes and knowledge of any events that may affect future job 
profitability. Where the outcome of the transaction cannot be estimated reliably, revenue is recognised only to the extent that the costs incurred are 
anticipated to be recovered. Where the outcome of the transaction can be estimated reliably, an element of anticipated profit is recognised within 
revenue to the extent that historic outcomes adjusted for knowledge of any events that may affect future job profitability supports such recognition.

For completed but not yet valued works, the outcome of the individual valued work tickets is not reviewed individually for the purposes of profit and 
revenue recognition. However, given the high volume of historical data to provide an accurate indication of underlying contract margin at a particular 
site, the Group considers that the application of an anticipated profit margin on cost to all completed and unbilled works produces a reliable measure.

For completed and valued works, the likely outcome for the individual work ticket can be determined individually for the purposes of profit 
and revenue recognition. The Group considers that the recognition of the anticipated profit for the individual job within revenue is appropriate.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
54

Financial statements 
> Principal accounting policies – Group continued

Revenue continued
Social Housing continued
Open book contracts
Typically the open book element of contracts relates to the local site overhead. A priced overhead model is usually provided to a client at tender stage 
and the client pays the Group a fixed sum for maintaining this local site. This is typically an agreed fixed price. Revenue is recognised in line with cost 
incurred and similarly the attributable profit recognised against that cost. 

Any over or underspends are typically at the risk of the Group. The actual overhead spend is often subject to an open book review which is then 
used as the basis for agreeing future pricing.

On the rare occasions that a contract does recover costs under a pure ‘cost plus’ arrangement, revenue is recognised in line with cost incurred 
and similarly the attributable profit recognised against that cost.

Lump sum contracts
This type of contract is becoming more commonplace. To avoid the onerous burden of administering a high volume, low value activity, the pricing 
mechanism is reduced to either a price per ticket or a price per property. Historically, many gas servicing and breakdown contracts have been procured 
on a lump sum basis. However, it is now becoming increasingly common within the reactive maintenance environment. There is typically an exclusions 
list for works that are not considered repairs and not deemed to fall within the lump sum price. It is normal for this excluded element of the works 
to be billed under an SOR arrangement.

For practical purposes, in the majority of lump sum contracts, revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over the contract term. There is not a 
material impact of seasonality in a client’s reactive maintenance spend (in terms of either volume or value of orders received). In terms of the lump sum 
element of the contract, the revenue is split evenly across the twelve monthly reporting periods. No element of revenue is either advanced or deferred.

There are a small number of lump sum contracts where recognising revenue on a straight-line basis would be inappropriate. These are contracts 
where the phasing of the works over the contract term varies materially over the period of the contract and there is a mismatch between the delivery 
of works and the timing of invoicing against those works. For these contracts, the Group has historically reverted to recognising revenue based on 
the proportion of costs incurred to date compared with the estimated total costs of the contract.

Care
Revenue is recognised when the actual care has been delivered. Revenue relating to care delivered and not invoiced is accrued and disclosed under 
trade and other receivables as amounts recoverable on contracts. Revenue attributable to any unused capacity under block contracts, where the 
Group is able to invoice for contracted services not provided, is recognised when the recovery of income is considered virtually certain. There is minimal 
scope for judgement based on the care process.

Mears Care utilises rostering systems to manage care. These systems allow for planning a rota for each staff member, together with the corresponding 
pay and bill rates for the particular service type, length of service and time of delivery. These results are very accurate in the calculation of billable 
time, income and corresponding employee pay for a particular contract, branch or region.

Accrued income is determined by applying an average historical billing rate to the number of unbilled hours delivered at the balance sheet date. 
Variances are reviewed in the following month once actual billing is known. The rostering systems allow unbilled hours to be calculated based on planned, 
rostered and actual visits along with the corresponding pay and bill rates for the particular service type, length of service and time of delivery. These 
results are very accurate in the calculation of billable time, income and corresponding employee pay for a particular contract, branch or region.

Construction contracts
Revenue from the Mechanical & Electrical (M&E) sector reflects the contract activity during the year and is measured at the fair value of consideration 
received or receivable. When the outcome can be assessed reliably, contract revenue and associated costs are recognised as revenue and expenses 
respectively by reference to the stage of completion of the contract activity at the balance sheet date. The stage of completion of the contract at the 
balance sheet date is usually assessed by comparing the proportion of costs incurred to estimated total contract costs. Where this is not representative, 
contract milestones are used as a basis of assessing the stage of completion. Where the outcome of a construction contract cannot be estimated 
reliably, revenue is recognised only to the extent of contract costs incurred that it is probable will be recoverable and contract costs are recognised 
as an expense in the period in which they are incurred. 

In the case of a fixed price contract, the outcome of a construction contract is deemed to be estimated reliably when all the following conditions 
are satisfied:

 » it is probable that economic benefits associated with the contract will flow to the Group;

 » both the contract costs to complete the contract and the stage of completion at the balance sheet date can be measured reliably; and

 »  the contract costs attributable to the contract can be clearly identified and measured reliably so that actual contract costs incurred 

can be compared with prior estimates.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Principal accounting policies – Group continued

55

Revenue continued
Construction contracts continued
The gross amount due from customers for contract work is presented as an asset for all contracts in progress for which costs incurred, plus recognised 
profits (less recognised losses), exceed progress billings. The gross amount due to customers for contract work is presented as a liability for all contracts 
in progress for which progress billings exceed costs incurred plus recognised profits (less losses).

Full provision is made for losses on all contracts in the year in which the loss is first foreseen.

Segment reporting
Segment information is presented in respect of the Group’s operating segments based upon the format that the Group reports to its chief operating 
decision makers.

The Group considers that the chief operating decision makers are the Executive Directors and Senior Executives of the business.

Exceptional costs
Exceptional costs are disclosed on the face of the Consolidated Income Statement where these are material and considered necessary to explain 
the underlying financial performance of the Group. They are either one-off in nature or necessary elements of expenditure to derive future benefits 
for the Group which have not been capitalised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Costs of restructure are only considered to be exceptional where the restructure is transformational and the resultant cost is significant.

Acquisition costs are only considered to be exceptional where the acquisition is significant and the resultant cost is significant.

Employee benefits
Retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates both defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes as follows:

i) Defined contribution pensions
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into an independent entity. The Group has no legal 
obligations to pay further contributions after payment of the fixed contribution.

The contributions recognised in respect of defined contribution plans are expensed as they fall due. Liabilities and assets may be recognised if 
underpayment or prepayment has occurred and are included in current liabilities or current assets as they are normally of a short-term nature.

The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Group in an independently administered fund.

ii) Defined benefit pensions
The Group contributes to 30 principal defined benefit schemes which require contributions to be made to separately administered funds.

A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on 
one or more factors such as age, years of service and salary. The legal obligations for any benefits from this kind of pension plan remain with the Group.

Scheme assets are measured at fair values. Scheme liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis using the projected unit method and are discounted 
at appropriate high quality corporate bond rates that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related liability. Appropriate adjustments 
are made for past service costs. Past service cost is recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits 
become vested. To the extent that benefits are already vested, the Group recognises past service cost immediately.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately through the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. The net surplus or deficit 
is presented with other net assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Any related deferred tax is shown with other deferred tax balances. A surplus 
is recognised only to the extent that it is recoverable by the Group.

The Group’s contributions to the scheme are paid in accordance with the rules of the schemes and the recommendations of the actuary.

In accordance with IFRIC 14, the asset that is recognised is restricted to the amount by which the IAS 19 service cost is expected, over the lifetime 
of the scheme, to exceed funding contributions payable in respect of accruing benefits.

Where the pension scheme has a contractual right to recover the costs of making good any deficit in the scheme from the Group’s client, the fair 
value of that asset has been recognised and disclosed. The right to recover costs is limited to exclude situations where the Group causes the scheme 
to incur service costs in excess of those which would have been incurred were the members employed within Local Government. The right to recover 
costs is also limited to situations where the cap on employer contributions to be suffered by the Group is not set so as to contribute to reducing the 
deficit in the scheme.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56

Financial statements 
> Principal accounting policies – Group continued

Employee benefits continued
Share-based employee remuneration
All share-based payment arrangements that were granted after 7 November 2002 and had not vested before 1 January 2005 are recognised 
in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS 2.

The Group operates equity-settled share-based remuneration plans for its employees. All employee services received in exchange for the grant 
of any share-based remuneration are measured at their fair values. These are indirectly determined by reference to the fair value (excluding the effect 
of non-market based vesting conditions) of the share options awarded. Their value is determined at the date of grant and is not subsequently remeasured 
unless the conditions on which the award was granted are modified. The fair value at the date of the grant is calculated using the Binomial and Monte 
Carlo option pricing models and the cost is recognised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Adjustments are made to reflect expected and 
actual forfeitures during the vesting period. For SAYE plans, employees are required to contribute towards the plan. This non-vesting condition is 
taken into account in calculating grant date fair value.

All share-based remuneration is ultimately recognised as an expense in the Income Statement with a corresponding credit to share-based 
payment reserve.

Upon exercise of share options, the proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs up to the nominal value of the shares issued 
are allocated to share capital, with any excess being recorded as share premium.

Modifications to share-based payment arrangements are accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2. The modifications made by the Group in 2009 
did not increase the fair value of the equity instruments granted and, therefore, there was no change to the share-based payment charge as a result.

Leases
In accordance with IAS 17 ‘Leases’, the economic ownership of a leased asset is transferred to the lessee if they bear substantially all the risks and 
rewards related to the ownership of the leased asset. The related asset is recognised at the time of inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased 
asset or, if lower, the present value of the lease payments plus incidental payments, if any, to be borne by the lessee. A corresponding amount is 
recognised as a finance leasing liability, irrespective of whether some of these lease payments are payable up front at the date of inception of the lease.

Subsequent accounting for assets held under finance lease agreements, i.e. depreciation methods and useful lives, correspond to those applied 
to comparable acquired assets. The corresponding finance leasing liability is reduced by lease payments less finance charges, which are expensed 
to finance costs. Finance charges represent a constant periodic rate of interest on the outstanding balance of the finance lease liability.

All other leases are treated as operating leases. Payment on operating lease agreements is recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over 
the lease term. Associated costs, such as maintenance and insurance, are expensed as incurred. 

The Group does not act as a lessor.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the Balance Sheet when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 
The principal financial assets and liabilities of the Group are as follows:

Financial assets
When financial assets are recognised initially under IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, they are measured at fair value, 
net of transaction costs other than for financial assets carried at fair value through the Income Statement.

The Group’s financial assets are included in the Balance Sheet as current assets, except for maturities greater than twelve months after the balance 
sheet date, whereupon they are classified as non-current assets. The Group’s financial assets comprise ‘Trade and other receivables’, ‘Amounts 
recoverable on contracts’ and ‘Cash at bank and in hand’ in the Balance Sheet.

Loans and receivables
Trade receivables, amounts recoverable on contracts and cash at bank and in hand are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable 
payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention 
of trading the receivables. Trade receivables and amounts recoverable on contracts are initially recorded at fair value net of transaction costs, being 
invoiced value less any provisional estimate for impairment should this be necessary due to a loss event. Trade receivables are subsequently remeasured 
at invoiced value, less an updated provision for impairment. Any change in their value through impairment or reversal of impairment is recognised in 
the Income Statement.

Provisions against trade receivables and amounts recoverable on contracts are made when objective evidence is received that the Group will not be 
able to collect all amounts due to it in accordance with the original terms of those receivables. The amount of the write down is determined as the 
difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows. Individually significant balances are reviewed 
separately for impairment based on the credit terms agreed with the customer. Other balances are grouped into credit risk categories and reviewed 
in aggregate.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Principal accounting policies – Group continued

57

Financial instruments continued
Loans and receivables continued
Cash and cash equivalents include cash at bank and in hand and bank deposits available at less than 24 hours’ notice. Bank overdrafts are presented 
as current liabilities to the extent that there is no right of offset with cash balances. 

Following initial recognition, financial assets are subsequently remeasured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Financial liabilities
The Group’s financial liabilities are overdrafts, trade and other payables and finance leasing liabilities. They are included in the Balance Sheet line 
items ‘Short-term borrowings and overdrafts’, ‘Non-current financial liabilities’ and ‘Trade and other payables’.

All interest related charges are recognised as an expense in ‘Finance cost’ in the Income Statement with the exception of those that are directly 
attributable to the construction of a qualifying asset which are capitalised as part of that asset.

Bank and other borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of transaction costs. Gains and losses arising on the repurchase, settlement 
or otherwise cancellation of liabilities are recognised respectively in finance revenue and finance costs. Borrowing costs are recognised as an 
expense in the period in which they are incurred with the exception of those which are directly attributable to the construction of a qualifying 
asset which are capitalised as part of that asset.

Finance lease liabilities are initially measured at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease payments 
as determined at the inception of the lease. The initial value is reduced by the capital element of lease repayments over the period of the lease.

Trade payables on normal terms are not interest bearing and are stated at their fair value.

Following initial recognition, financial liabilities are subsequently remeasured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to interest rate risks arising from operational and financing activities.

Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially and subsequently at fair value, with mark-to-market movements recognised in the Income 
Statement except where cash flow hedge accounting is applied (see below).

The fair value of interest rate swaps is the estimated amount that the Group would receive or pay to terminate the swap at the balance sheet date, 
taking into account current interest rates and the current creditworthiness of the swap counterparties.

In accordance with its treasury policy, the Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. However, derivatives 
that do not qualify for hedge accounting are accounted for as trading instruments. Mark-to-market movements on these derivatives are shown 
in the Income Statement.

Hedge accounting for interest rate swaps
Where an interest rate swap is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of an existing or highly probable forecast loan interest payment, 
the effective part of any valuation gain or loss on the swap instrument is recognised in other comprehensive income in the hedging reserve. 
The cumulative gain or loss is removed from equity and recognised in the Income Statement at the same time as the hedged transaction. 
The ineffective part of any gain or loss is recognised in the Income Statement immediately.

When a hedging instrument or hedge relationship is terminated but the hedged transaction is still expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss at 
that point remains in equity and is recognised in accordance with the above policy when the transaction occurs. If the hedged transaction is no longer 
probable, the cumulative unrealised gain or loss recognised in equity is recognised in the Income Statement immediately.

Nature and purpose of each reserve in equity
Share capital is determined using the nominal value of shares that have been issued. 

Share premium represents the difference between the nominal value of shares issued and the total consideration received.

Equity-settled shared-based employee remuneration is credited to the share-based payment reserve until the related share options are exercised. 
Upon exercise the share-based payment reserve is transferred to retained earnings.

The hedging reserve represents the effective part of any gain or loss on a cash flow hedge which has not been removed from equity and recognised 
in the Income Statement.

The merger reserve relates to the difference between the nominal value and total consideration in respect of the acquisition of Careforce Group plc, 
Supporta plc and Morrison Facilities Services Limited where the Company was entitled to the merger relief offered by the Companies Act.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58

Financial statements 
> Principal accounting policies – Group continued

Dividends
Dividend distributions payable to equity shareholders are included in ‘Current financial liabilities’ when the dividends are approved in a general 
meeting prior to the balance sheet date.

Use of judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgements that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenditure 
during the reported period. The estimates and associated judgements are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities 
that are not readily apparent from other sources.

The estimates and underlying judgements are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which 
the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and 
future periods.

In the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, estimates and judgements have been made by management concerning the selection 
of useful lives of property, plant and equipment, provisions necessary for certain liabilities, when to recognise revenue on long-term contracts, actuarial 
judgements, discount rates used within impairment reviews, the underlying share price volatility for valuing equity-based payments and other similar 
evaluations. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.

Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies
Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognised based on the stage of completion of job or contract activity. As described in the Revenue section on pages 53 and 55, certain 
types of Social Housing pricing mechanisms and Care require minimal judgement; however, Social Housing lump sum contracts and construction 
contracts do require judgements and estimates to be made to determine the stage of completion and the expected outcome for the individual contract.

Capitalisation of development expenditure
Development expenditure is capitalised to the extent that it meets the criteria described in the Intangible assets section on pages 51 and 52. Careful 
judgement is exercised by management when deciding whether the recognition requirements for development costs have been met. This is 
necessary as the economic success of any development is uncertain and may be subject to future technical problems at the time of recognition. 
Judgements are based on the information available at each balance sheet date.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Impairment of goodwill 
Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimate of the value in use of the CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated. The value-in-use 
calculation involves an estimate of the future cash flows of the CGUs and also the selection of appropriate discount rates to calculate present values. 
Future cash flows are estimated using the current one-year budget forecast, extrapolated for a future growth rate. The estimated growth rates are 
based on past experience and knowledge of the individual sector’s markets. Changes in the estimated growth rate could result in variations to the carrying 
value of goodwill. The Directors consider that the estimates and judgements involved in determining the value in use of the Care CGU goodwill are the 
most significant and have therefore utilised the services of an external consultant to undertake this impairment review. The estimated cash flows and 
future growth rates are based on past experience and knowledge of the sector. The value in use is most sensitive to changes in the terminal growth 
rate, the explicit growth rate and the discount rate. The sensitivity to changes in these estimations is detailed in note 11.

Defined benefit liabilities 
A number of key estimates have been made, which are given below, which are largely dependent on factors outside the control of the Group:

 » expected return on plan assets;

 » inflation rates;

 » mortality;

 » discount rate; and

 » salary and pension increases.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Principal accounting policies – Group continued

59

Use of judgements and estimates continued
Key sources of estimation uncertainty continued
Defined benefit liabilities continued
Details of the particular estimates used are included in the pensions note.

Where the Group has a contractual right to recover the costs of making good any deficit in the scheme, the fair value of that asset has been recognised 
and disclosed. The right to recover costs is limited to exclude situations where the Group causes the scheme to incur service costs in excess of those 
which would have been incurred were the members employed within Local Government. The Directors have made judgements in respect of whether 
any of the deficit is as a result of such situations.

The right to recover costs is also limited to situations where the cap on employer contributions to be suffered by the Group is not set so as to contribute 
to reducing the deficit in the scheme. The Directors, in conjunction with the scheme actuaries, have made judgements in respect of the predicted 
future service cost and contributions to the scheme to reflect this in the fair value of the asset recognised.

New standards and interpretations not yet applied
Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ – presentation of items of Other Comprehensive Income (effective 1 July 2012). The Group 
will apply this revised standard for the Group’s 31 December 2013 financial statements, The revised standard requires the grouping of items included 
in Other Comprehensive Income on the basis of whether they are potentially reclassifiable to profit of loss.

IAS 19 (revised) ‘Employee Benefits’ (effective 1 January 2013). The Group will apply this revised standard for the Group’s 31 December 2013 financial 
statements. The revised standard combines interest on obligation and expected return on plan assets and requires the disclosure of the net interest on 
liability; it also requires the separate disclosure of expenses for running the plan. As a result asset returns will be based on the discount rate instead of 
the expected rate of return on assets. This is expected to result in a lower expected return in the Income Statement and a higher gain in the Statement 
of Comprehensive Income. The revised standard will require the restatement of the prior year comparative. The effect on the Income Statement for 2012 
is expected to be an increase in operating costs of £0.3m and a decrease in finance income of £2.3m. There would be a corresponding decrease in 
the actuarial loss recognised in the Statement of Consolidated Income of £2.6m. There would be no change to net assets.

IAS 27 (revised) ‘Separate Financial Statements’ (adopted by the EU from 1 January 2014). The Group will apply this revised standard for the Group’s 
31 December 2014 financial statements.

IAS 28 (revised) ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’ (adopted by the EU from 1 January 2014). The Group will apply this revised standard 
for the Group’s 31 December 2014 financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ – offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities (effective 1 January 2013) and Amendments 
to IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ – offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities (effective 1 January 2014). The revised standards require 
the disclosure of information which will allow the users of accounts to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting off arrangements associated with 
financial assets or financial liabilities. The Group will apply the revisions to IAS 32 for the Group’s 31 December 2013 financial statements and the revisions 
to IFRS 7 for the Group’s 31 December 2014 financial statements.

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ (effective 1 January 2015) specifies how an entity should classify and measure financial assets, including some 
hybrid contracts. The Group will apply this standard for the Group’s 31 December 2015 financial statements.

IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ (adopted by the EU from 1 January 2014) establishes principles for the presentation and preparation of 
consolidated financial statements when an entity controls one or more other entities. The Group will apply this standard for the Group’s 31 December 2014 
financial statements.

IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’ (adopted by the EU from 1 January 2014) establishes principles for financial reporting by parties to a joint arrangement. 
The Group will apply this standard for the Group’s 31 December 2014 financial statements.

IFRS 12 ‘Disclosures of Interests in Other Entities’ (adopted by the EU from 1 January 2014) requires an entity to disclose information that enables 
users of financial statements to evaluate the nature of, and risks associated with, its interests in other entities and the effects of those interests on 
its financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The Group will apply this standard for the Group’s 31 December 2014 financial statements.

IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ (effective 1 January 2013) explains how to measure fair value for financial reporting. The Group will apply this 
standard for the Group’s 31 December 2013 financial statements.

With the exception of the amendments to IAS 19 where the anticipated effect is disclosed above, the Directors do not expect that the adoption 
of these standards and amendments will have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group in future periods.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60

Financial statements 
> Consolidated income statement 
> for the year ended 31 December 2012

Sales revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Other administrative expenses

Exceptional costs

Amortisation of acquisition intangibles

Total administrative costs

Operating profit before exceptional costs and amortisation of acquisition intangibles

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit for the year before tax, exceptional costs and the amortisation 
of acquisition intangibles

Profit for the year before tax

Tax expense

Profit for the year

Attributable to:

Equity shareholders of the Company

Minority interest

Profit for the year

Earnings per share

Basic 

Diluted 

Note

Existing
£’000

2012

Acquired
£’000

2011

Total
£’000

Total
£’000

1

634,484

45,041

679,525

588,971

(460,761)

(34,862)

(495,623)

(414,207)

173,723

10,179

183,902

174,764

(140,016)

(12,445)

(152,461)

(141,156)

7

12

—

(2,877)

(7,408)

(553)

(2,877)

(7,961)

(3,094)

(7,783)

(147,424)

(15,875)

(163,299)

(152,033)

33,707

26,299

2,648

(2,802)

33,553

26,145

(2,996)

23,149

(2,266)

(5,696)

479

(115)

31,441

20,603

3,127

33,608

22,731

484

(2,917)

(2,633)

(1,902)

(5,332)

31,651

20,813

1,479

(1,517)

(3,853)

19,296

31,459

20,582

(3,668)

16,914

19,635

16,914

(339)

—

19,296

16,914

21.89p

21.04p

19.87p

19.03p

4

4

2

8

10

10

The 2012 ‘Total’ column represents the IFRS reported results.

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these financial statements. 

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
1
–
1
1

61

Financial statements 
> Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
> for the year ended 31 December 2012

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

Note

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

1
2
–
2
7

19,296

16,914

21

21

21

26

22

(1,311)

(1,883)

505

152

(2,283)

381

(2,556)

16,740

204

420

846

(479)

(892)

16,022

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

17,079

16,022

(339)

—

16,740

16,022

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Net result for the year

Other comprehensive (expense)/income:

Cash flow hedges:

– losses arising in the year

– reclassification to Income Statement

Increase in deferred tax asset in respect of cash flow hedges

Actuarial (loss)/gain on defined benefit pension scheme

Increase/(decrease) in deferred tax asset in respect of defined benefit pension schemes

Other comprehensive expense for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:

Equity shareholders of the Company

Minority interests

Total comprehensive income for the year

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
62

Financial statements 
> Consolidated balance sheet 
> as at 31 December 2012

Assets

Non-current

Goodwill

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Pension and other employee benefits

Deferred tax asset

Trade and other receivables

Current 

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash at bank and in hand

Total assets

Equity

Equity attributable to the shareholders of Mears Group PLC

Called up share capital

Share premium account

Share-based payment reserve

Hedging reserve

Merger reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity shareholders’ funds

Minority interest

Total equity

Liabilities

Non-current

Long-term borrowing and overdrafts

Pension and other employee benefits

Deferred tax liabilities

Financing liabilities

Other liabilities

Current

Short-term borrowings and overdrafts

Trade and other payables

Financing liabilities

Current tax liabilities

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

11

12

13

26

22

17

15

17

124,279

101,030

39,365

15,981

14,023

15,428

2,798

26,449

12,681

—

7,379

2,384

211,874

149,923

11,833

12,541

180,270

125,095

57,616

46,571

249,719

184,207

461,593

334,130

23

919

857

34,910

33,554

1,685

(1,913)

46,214

87,342

2,965

(1,259)

38,243

77,425

169,157

151,785

(339)

—

168,818

151,785

26

22

19

20

18

19

55,000

5,741

11,488

1,823

879

55,000

5,840

5,297

1,325

879

74,931

68,341

15,000

5,000

199,418

105,916

711

2,715

217,844

292,775

461,593

403

2,685

114,004

182,345

334,130

The financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors and were signed on its behalf on 9 April 2013.

R Holt   
Director  

A C M Smith
Director

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these financial statements. 

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Operating activities

Result for the year before tax

Adjustments

Change in inventories

Change in trade and other receivables

Change in trade and other payables

Cash flow from operating activities before taxation before effect of acquired contracts

Change in working capital from acquired contracts

Cash flow from operating activities before taxation

Taxes paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Investing activities

Additions to property, plant and equipment

Additions to other intangible assets

Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of subsidiary undertaking, net of cash

Interest received

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Financing activities

Proceeds from share issue

Discharge of finance lease liability

Interest paid

Dividends paid

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

Cash and cash equivalents comprises the following:

– cash at bank and in hand

– short-term borrowings and overdrafts

Cash and cash equivalents

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

1
–
1
1

63

Financial statements 
> Consolidated cash flow statement 
> for the year ended 31 December 2012

Note

24

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

20,813

12,436

2,088

20,582

13,319

(394)

(16,900)

(13,340)

18,618

37,055

—

37,055

(3,343)

5,753

25,920

(2,820)

23,100

(4,615)

33,712

18,485

(3,393)

(1,115)

27

(3,991)

(1,419)

208

(20,521)

(5,771)

11

—

(24,991)

(10,973)

1,389

(38)

(2,288)

(6,739)

(7,676)

320

(86)

(2,970)

(5,962)

(8,698)

(13,429)

(12,243)

1,045

(1,186)

(12,384)

(13,429)

57,616

(70,000)

(12,384)

46,571

(60,000)

(13,429)

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64

Financial statements 
> Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
> for the year ended 31 December 2012

At 1 January 2011

Net profit for the year

Other comprehensive (expense)/income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Issue of shares

Share option charges

Exercise of share options

Dividends

At 1 January 2012

Net profit for the year

Other comprehensive (expense)/income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Issue of shares

Share option charges

Exercise of share options

Dividends

At 31 December 2012

Attributable to equity shareholders of the Company

Share
capital
£’000

848

—

—

—

—

9

—

—

—

Share
premium
 account
£’000

33,243

Share-based
payment
 reserve
£’000

2,905

—

—

—

—

311

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

200

(140)

—

Hedging
reserve
£’000

—

—

(1,259)

(1,259)

—

—

—

—

—

Merger
reserve
£’000

38,243

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

857

33,554

2,965

(1,259)

38,243

—

—

—

—

62

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,356

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

250

(1,530)

—

—

(654)

(654)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7,971

—

—

—

Retained
earnings
£’000

66,315

16,914

367

17,281

(349)

—

—

140

(5,962)

77,425

19,635

(1,902)

17,733

(2,607)

—

—

(1,530)

(6,739)

Minority
interests
£’000

Total
equity
£’000

— 141,554

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(339)

—

(339)

—

—

—

—

—

16,914

(892)

16,022

(349)

320

200

—

(5,962)

151,785

19,296

(2,556)

16,740

(2,607)

9,389

250

—

(6,739)

919

34,910

1,685

(1,913)

46,214

87,342

(339)

168,818

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group

65

1. Segment reporting
Segment information is presented in respect of the Group’s operating segments. Segments are determined by reference to the internal reports 
reviewed by the Board.

The Group operated three operating segments during the year:

 » Social Housing – services within this sector comprise a full repairs and maintenance service to Local Authorities and other Registered Social Landlords;

 » Care – services within this sector comprise personal care services to people in their own homes; and

 » Other – services within this sector comprise provision of design and build M&E services.

All of the Group’s activities are carried out within the United Kingdom and the Group’s principal reporting to its chief operating decision maker is not 
segmented by geography.

The principal financial measures used by the chief operating decision maker and the Board to review the performance of the operating segments is that 
of revenue growth and operating margins in both the core divisions of Social Housing and Care. The operating result utilised within the key performance 
measures is stated before amortisation of acquisition intangibles, exceptional costs and share-based payments.

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

Operating segments

Revenue

Operating result pre amortisation of 
acquisition intangibles, exceptional costs 
and share-based payment

Operating margin pre amortisation of 
acquisition intangibles, exceptional costs  
and share-based payment

Share-based payment

Operating result pre amortisation of acquisition 
intangibles and exceptional costs

2012

2011

Social
Housing
£’000

Care
£’000

Other
£’000

Total
£’000

Social
Housing
£’000

Care
£’000

Other
£’000

Total
£’000

504,686

112,550

62,289

679,525

415,000

108,518

65,453

588,971

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

23,962

9,302

(1,573)

31,691

23,866

8,674

1,268

33,808

4.8%

(210)

8.3%

(15)

(2.5%)

(25)

4.7%

(250)

5.8%

(150)

8.0%

(25)

1.9%

(25)

5.7%

(200)

23,752

9,287

(1,598)

31,441

23,716

8,649

1,243

33,608

All revenue and all non-current assets arise within the United Kingdom. All of the revenue reported is external to the Group. No revenue in respect 
of a single customer comprises more than 10% of the total revenue reported.

Reconciliation to the Consolidated Income Statement

Operating result pre amortisation of acquisition intangibles and exceptional costs 

Exceptional costs

Amortisation of acquisition intangibles

Finance costs, net 

Tax expense

Net profit for the year

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

31,441

33,608

(2,877)

(7,961)

210

(1,517)

(3,094)

(7,783)

(2,149)

(3,668)

19,296

16,914

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

1. Segment reporting continued
Reconciliation to the Consolidated Income Statement continued
In addition the following disclosures have been provided in respect of segmental analysis required by IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’:

2012

2011

Social
Housing
£’000

Care
£’000

Other
£’000

Total
£’000

Social
Housing
£’000

Care
£’000

Other
£’000

Total
£’000

326,976

103,734

30,883

461,593

199,416

109,248

25,466

334,130

(234,591)

(35,340)

(22,844)

(292,775)

(120,289)

(46,383)

(15,673)

(182,345)

3,577

2,772

4,967

1,529

17,437

215

673

2,994

(1,104)

5,189

73

249

—

(215)

3,865

3,694

7,961

210

3,308

2,217

4,992

(991)

(1,813)

20,813

14,863

270

806

2,791

(1,132)

4,502

413

215

—

(26)

1,217

3,991

3,238

7,783

(2,149)

20,582

Operating segments

Segment assets 

Segment liabilities

Property, plant and equipment additions

Depreciation 

Amortisation of acquisition intangibles 

Finance income/(costs)

Profit before tax

2. Profit for the year before tax
Profit for the year before tax is stated after:

Share-based payments

Depreciation

Amortisation

Hire of plant and machinery

Other operating lease rentals

3. Auditor’s remuneration

Fees payable to the auditor for the audit of the Group’s financial statements

Other fees payable to the auditor in respect of:

– auditing of accounts of subsidiary undertakings pursuant to legislation

– auditing of Group pension schemes

– taxation compliance fees

– taxation advice fees

Total auditor’s remuneration

2012
£’000

250

3,694

8,913

4,075

2011
£’000

200

3,238

8,404

3,339

19,654

19,586

2012
£’000

64

241

17

43

—

365

2011
£’000

62

167

6

59

1

295

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

67

4. Finance income and finance costs

Interest charge on overdrafts and short-term loans

Interest charge on interest rate swap

Changes in mark-to-market of interest rate swaps (ineffective hedges)

Other interest

Finance costs on bank loans, overdrafts and finance leases

Interest charge on defined benefit obligation

Unwinding of discounting on deferred consideration

Total finance costs

Interest income resulting from short-term bank deposits

Interest income resulting from defined benefit obligation

Finance income

Net finance income/(charge)

Interest recognised in other comprehensive income

Changes in mark-to-market of interest rate swaps (effective hedges)

5. Employees
Staff costs during the year were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

The average number of employees of the Group during the year was:

Site workers

Carers

Office and management

Remuneration in respect of Directors was as follows:

Emoluments

Gains made on the exercise of share options

Pension contributions to personal pension schemes

The amounts set out above include remuneration in respect of the highest paid Director as follows:

Emoluments and gains made on the exercise of share options

Pension contributions to personal pension schemes

During the year contributions were paid to personal pension schemes for four Directors (2011: four).

During the year two Directors (2011: one) exercised share options.

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

(2,209)

(1,994)

(505)

—

(19)

(205)

(103)

(86)

(2,733)

(2,388)

(144)

(40)

(205)

(40)

(2,917)

(2,633)

11

3,116

3,127

210

—

484

484

(2,149)

(806)

(1,679)

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

220,144

205,462

18,496

4,579

17,758

3,818

243,219

227,038

2012
Number

3,237

5,734

2,470

2011
Number

2,926

5,983

2,408

11,441

11,317

2012
£’000

1,273

4,392

185

5,850

2012
£’000

4,005

75

2011
£’000

1,351

987

190

2,528

2011
£’000

1,468

105

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

6. Share-based employee remuneration
As at 31 December 2012 the Group maintained six share-based payment schemes for employee remuneration.

Details of the share options outstanding (excluding those issued under the Special Incentive Plan (SIP)) are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted 

Forfeited/lapsed

Exercised

Outstanding at 31 December 

2012

2011

Weighted
average
exercise
price
p

85

178

58

41

104

Number
’000

5,842

1,353

(1,141)

(1,868)

4,186

Weighted
average
exercise
price
p

75

—

34

37

85

Number
’000

7,502

—

(817)

(843)

5,842

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the period was £2.22. The options outstanding at 31 December 2012, 
excluding the SIP Award, were exercisable at prices between 1p and 300p and had a weighted average remaining contractual life of six years. 

The fair values of options granted were determined using the Binomial and Monte Carlo option pricing models. Significant inputs into the calculation 
include the market price at the date of grant and exercise prices. Furthermore, the calculation takes into account the future dividend yield, the share 
price volatility rate and the risk-free interest rate.

The underlying expected share price volatility was determined by reference to historical data. The Company expects the volatility of its share price to 
reduce as it matures. The risk-free interest rate was determined by the implied yield available on a zero-coupon Government bond at the date of grant. 
Adjustments are made to reflect expected and actual forfeitures during the vesting period due to failure to satisfy service conditions. In the case of the 
SAYE scheme the expected forfeitures takes account of the requirement to save throughout the life of the scheme. There were 1.4m options granted 
during the year. 1.1m options lapsed during the year. The market price at 31 December 2012 was 328p and the range during 2012 was 216p to 335p.

At 31 December 2012, 3.8m options had vested and were still exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of 82p.

All share-based employee remuneration will be settled in equity. The Group has no legal obligation to repurchase or settle the options.

The Group recognises the following expenses related to share-based payments:

LTIP

Approved share option plan

Unapproved share option plan

SAYE

SIP

2012
£’000

157

—

(12)

105

—

250

2011
£’000

120

1

40

39

—

200

In total, £0.25m of employee remuneration expense has been included in the Consolidated Income Statement for 2012 (2011: £0.20m), which gave rise 
to additional share-based payment reserves. No liabilities were recognised due to share-based payment transactions.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

69

6. Share-based employee remuneration continued
The Mears Group PLC Long-term Incentive Plan 2008 (LTIP)
The LTIP was introduced in October 2008 following shareholder approval. The award of options is offered to a small number of key Senior Management. 
The principal terms of the LTIP are detailed below:

Principal terms of LTIP

Number of options

Exercise price

Performance period

Maximum award limit under the plan will be 200% of salary p.a.

1p

3 years

Performance conditions

There are two performance targets attaching to the LTIP Award.

Expiry conditions

Options are forfeited if the employee leaves the Group before the options have vested.

50% of the LTIP Award will relate to an EPS growth target. The other 50% of the LTIP Award relates 
to the Company’s TSR against the return of the FTSE All Share Support Services Sector.

Performance conditions of LTIP

Performance levels

Level of vesting

Performance levels

Level of vesting

EPS growth target 

TSR target 

10.0%

12.5%

17.5%

10%

30%

100%

Below index return

Equal to index 

10% outperformance of the index p.a.

0%

30%

100%

The Mears Group PLC Long-term Incentive Plan 2009 (LTIP)
The LTIP was introduced in October 2008 following shareholder approval. The award of options is offered to a small number of key Senior Management. 
The principal terms of the LTIP are detailed below:

Principal terms of LTIP

Number of options

Exercise price

Performance period

Maximum award limit under the plan will be 200% of salary p.a.

1p

3 years

Performance conditions

There are two performance targets attaching to the LTIP Award.

Expiry conditions

Options are forfeited if the employee leaves the Group before the options have vested.

75% of the LTIP Award will relate to an EPS growth target. The other 25% of the LTIP Award relates 
to the Company’s TSR against the return of the FTSE All Share Support Services Sector.

Performance conditions of LTIP

Performance levels

Level of vesting

Performance levels

Level of vesting

EPS growth target 

TSR target 

10.0%

12.5%

15.0%

10%

30%

100%

Below index return

Equal to index 

10% outperformance of the index p.a.

0%

30%

100%

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

6. Share-based employee remuneration continued
The Mears Group PLC Long-term Incentive Plan 2010 (LTIP)
The LTIP was introduced in October 2008 following shareholder approval. The award of options is offered to a small number of key Senior Management. 
The principal terms of the LTIP are detailed below:

Principal terms of LTIP

Number of options

Exercise price

Performance period

Maximum award limit under the plan will be 200% of salary p.a.

1p

3 years

Performance conditions

There are two performance targets attaching to the LTIP Award.

Expiry conditions

Options are forfeited if the employee leaves the Group before the options have vested.

75% of the LTIP Award will relate to an EPS growth target. The other 25% of the LTIP Award relates 
to the Company’s TSR against the return of the FTSE All Share Support Services Sector.

Performance conditions of LTIP

Performance levels

Level of vesting

Performance levels

Level of vesting

EPS growth target 

TSR target 

10.0%

12.5%

12.5%

10%

30%

100%

Below index return

Equal to index 

10% outperformance of the index p.a.

0%

30%

100%

Approved share option plan
Options are exercisable at a price equal to the average quoted market price of the Company’s shares on the three dealing days prior to the date 
of grant. The vesting period is three years. If the options remain unexercised after a period of ten years from the date of grant, the options expire. 
Options are forfeited if the employee leaves Mears Group before the options vest.

Enterprise management incentive plan
Options are exercisable at a price equal to the average quoted market price of the Company’s shares on the three dealing days prior to the date 
of grant. The vesting period is three years. If the options remain unexercised after a period of ten years from the date of grant, the options expire. 
Options are forfeited if the employee leaves Mears Group before the options vest.

Unapproved share option plan
Options are exercisable at a price equal to the average quoted market price of the Company’s shares on the three dealing days prior to the date 
of grant. The vesting period is three years. If the options remain unexercised after a period of ten years from the date of grant, the options expire. 
Options are forfeited if the employee leaves Mears Group before the options vest. With the introduction of the LTIP in 2008, the Remuneration 
Committee has decided that no further awards will be made under the unapproved share option plan.

Save As You Earn (SAYE) scheme
Options are available to all employees. Options are granted for a period of either three or five years. Options are exercisable at a price based on 
the quoted market price of the Company’s shares at the time of invitation, discounted by up to 20%. Options are forfeited if the employee leaves 
Mears Group before the options vest which impacts on the number of options expected to vest. If an employee stops saving but continues 
in employment, this is treated as a cancellation which results in an acceleration of the share-based payment charge.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

71

6. Share-based employee remuneration continued
Special Incentive Plan 2007 (SIP)
The SIP was introduced in 2007 to reward the Chief Executive Officer with premium priced options linked to long-term performance. The terms 
and conditions were subsequently amended on 3 July 2009. The principal terms of the SIP and performance conditions are detailed below:

Principal terms of SIP

Number of options

Exercise price

Performance conditions

2,500,000 of which 1,500,000 have been exercised and 1,000,000 remain exercisable

1p

Average real EPS growth attained over three financial years with the base period for calculating EPS being 
31 December 2006. EPS was calculated before amortisation and IFRS 2 costs. The performance was measured 
at the end of the three-year period. The performance conditions relating to this award were satisfied in full.

Vesting conditions

The award vested in full in November 2010. 60% became exercisable in November 2010, 20% became exercisable 
in November 2011 and the remaining 20% became exercisable in November 2012.

Performance conditions of SIP

Performance levels

5% + RPI p.a.

10% + RPI p.a.

15% + RPI p.a.

Level of vesting

10%

50%

100%

7. Exceptional costs
Exceptional costs incurred in the period which are considered non-trading or non-recurring in nature are detailed below: 

Costs of acquisitions

Costs of integration

Costs of refinancing

Costs relating to Photovoltaic (PV)

Exceptional costs

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2012
£’000

830

2,047

—

—

2,877

2011
£’000

224

—

890

1,980

3,094

The costs of acquisition in the current period relate to the acquisition of Morrison Facilities Services Limited. The costs of acquisition in the previous 
period relate to the acquisition of the Supported Living division of Choices Care Community Services Limited and the acquisition of the trade of the 
Home Improvement Agency division of Anchor Trust Limited.

The costs of integration in the period relate to the integration of the Morrison and Mears Social Housing businesses.

The costs of refinancing in the previous period relate to the write off of costs relating to the Group’s previous facility.

The costs relating to PV arose as a direct result of the Government’s decision to substantially reduce the PV Feed-in Tariff (FIT) subsidy. The Board 
took the decision to cease these activities immediately and wrote off costs relating to the site set-up, system design and installation amounting to 
£1.98m which are now considered irrecoverable.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

8. Tax expense
Tax recognised in the Income Statement:

United Kingdom corporation tax effective rate 15.3% (2011: 22.1%)

Adjustment in respect of previous periods

Total current tax recognised in Income Statement

Deferred taxation charge:

– on defined benefit pension obligations

– on share-based payments

– on accelerated capital allowances

– on amortisation of acquisition intangibles

– on short-term temporary timing differences

– on corporate tax losses 

– impact of change in statutory tax rates

Total deferred taxation recognised in Income Statement

Total tax expense recognised in Income Statement

Results for the year before tax

Result for the year multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax in the United Kingdom 
for the period of 24.5% (2011: 26.5%)

Effect of:

– expenses not deductible for tax purposes

– income not subject to tax

– capital allowances in excess of depreciation

– tax relief on exercise of share options

– statutory tax rate changes

– tax rate difference

– utilisation of tax losses

– tax losses provided

– adjustment in respect of prior periods

Actual tax expense, net

Deferred tax recognised in other comprehensive income

– on defined benefit pension obligations

– on cash flow hedges

– impact of change in statutory tax rates

Total deferred taxation recognised in other comprehensive income

Deferred tax recognised directly in equity

Deferred taxation charge:

– on share-based payments

– impact of change in statutory tax rates

Total deferred taxation recognised in equity

Total tax

Total current tax

Total deferred tax

2012
£’000

4,390

(698)

3,692

926

18

(220)

(1,100)

328

(1,773)

(354)

(2,175)

1,517

2011
£’000

6,266

(206)

6,060

215

54

—

(2,661)

—

—

—

(2,392)

3,668

20,813

20,582

5,099

5,454

1,080

—

(104)

(1,682)

(426)

(5)

(229)

(1,518)

(698)

1,517

(524)

(185)

176

(533)

2,239

368

2,607

162

(679)

116

(423)

(749)

(7)

—

—

(206)

3,668

479

(420)

—

59

349

—

349

3,692

(100)

6,060

(1,984)

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

9. Dividends
The following dividends were paid on ordinary shares in the year:

Final 2011 dividend of 5.35p (2011: final 2010 dividend of 4.85p) per share

Interim 2012 dividend of 2.30p (2011: interim 2011 dividend of 2.15p) per share 

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

73

2012
£’000

4,698

2,041

6,739

2011
£’000

4,123

1,839

5,962

The proposed final 2012 dividend of 5.70p per share has not been included within the consolidated financial statements as no obligation existed 
at 31 December 2012.

10. Earnings per share

Earnings per share

Effect of amortisation of acquisition intangibles

Effect of full tax adjustment

Effect of exceptional costs (including tax impact)

Normalised earnings per share

Effect of Morrison acquisition

Normalised earnings per share before losses generated by the Morrison acquisition

Basic

Diluted

2012
p

21.89

9.03

(6.28)

2.47

27.11

1.77

28.88

2011
p

19.87

9.14

(4.52)

2.67

27.16

—

27.16

2012
p

21.04

8.68

(6.03)

2.37

26.06

1.69

27.75

2011
p

19.03

8.75

(4.33)

2.56

26.01

—

26.01

A normalised EPS is disclosed in order to show performance undistorted by amortisation of intangibles. The Group defines normalised earnings 
as excluding the amortisation of acquisition intangibles, exceptional costs and adjusted to reflect a full tax charge of 24.5%. The profit attributable 
to shareholders before and after adjustments for both basic and diluted EPS is:

Profit attributable to shareholders:

– amortisation of acquisition intangibles

– full tax adjustment

– exceptional costs (including tax impact)

Normalised earnings

– Morrison acquisition (including tax impact)

Normalised earnings before losses generated by the Morrison acquisition

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

19,296

16,914

7,961

(5,535)

2,172

23,894

1,436

25,330

7,783

(3,848)

2,274

23,123

—

23,123

The calculation of EPS is based on a weighted average of ordinary shares in issue during the year. The diluted EPS is based on a weighted average 
of ordinary shares calculated in accordance with IAS 33 ‘Earnings Per Share’, which assumes that all dilutive options will be exercised. The additional 
normalised basic and diluted EPS use the same weighted average number of shares as the basic and diluted EPS.

Weighted average number of shares in issue:

– dilutive effect of share options

Weighted average number of shares for calculating diluted earnings per share

2012
Millions

88.14

3.57

91.71

2011
Millions

85.14

3.75

88.89

The weighted average number of shares in issue, excluding those issued in respect of the acquisition of Morrison, was 87.73m and the weighted 
average number of shares for calculating diluted earnings per share, excluding those issued in respect of the acquisition of Morrison, was 91.29m.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

11. Goodwill

Gross carrying amount

At 1 January 2011

Additions

Revision

At 1 January 2012

Additions

Revision

At 31 December 2012

Accumulated impairment losses

Goodwill
arising on
consolidation
£’000

Purchased
goodwill
£’000

Total
£’000

97,405

3,593

32

406

—

—

406

101,030

—

—

23,208

41

96,999

3,593

32

100,624

23,208

41

123,873

406

124,279

At 1 January 2011, at 1 January 2012 and at 31 December 2012

—

—

—

Carrying amount 

At 31 December 2012

At 31 December 2011

123,873

100,624

406

406

124,279

101,030

Goodwill on consolidation arises on the excess of cost of acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired on purchase of a company.

Purchased goodwill arises on the excess of cost of acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired on the purchase of the trade and assets 
of a business by the Company.

Additions to goodwill arising on consolidation are detailed within note 25.

Revisions totalling £0.04m relate to reductions to the estimated fair value of assets acquired and a reduction in consideration payable. The reduction 
in fair value of assets acquired relates to costs not accrued at the time of the acquisition. The revisions are not considered sufficiently material to 
warrant the restatement of the prior year provisional balances.

Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if there are any indications that goodwill may be 
impaired. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to groups of CGUs according to the level at which management monitors that 
goodwill. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

The carrying value of goodwill is primarily comprised of the following CGUs:

Social Housing

Care

Other Services

Goodwill
arising on
consolidation
£’000

46,048

77,825

—

Purchased
goodwill
£’000

406

—

—

Total
£’000

46,454

77,825

—

123,873

406

124,279

An asset is impaired if its carrying value exceeds the unit’s recoverable amount which is based upon value in use. At 31 December 2012 impairment 
reviews were performed by comparing the carrying value of the CGU with the value in use of the CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated. The value 
in use is calculated based upon the cash flow projections of the latest one-year budget forecast extrapolated for nine years by a growth rate applicable 
to each unit and an appropriate terminal value based on a perpetuity.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

11. Goodwill continued
The rates used were as follows:

Social Housing

Care

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

75

Post tax
discount
rate

9.9%

9.7%

Pre tax
discount
rate

12.0%

11.8%

Growth
rates
 (years 1–2)

Growth
rates
 (years 3–5)

5.0%

—

5.0%

5.0%

Terminal
growth
rate

2.5%

2.5%

The estimated growth rates are based on past experience and knowledge of the individual sector’s markets.

Social Housing
The contracts awarded within the Social Housing area are significant in size and the contract terms are typically three to ten years in duration. 
The record of Mears in retaining contracts on expiry is typically over 90%. The impairment reviews have always taken a particularly prudent stance 
and incorporated a minimal growth assumption, which whilst marginally higher than the UK long-term growth rate of 2.25% is supported by historic 
organic growth.

Budgeted operating profits during the budget period are estimated by reference to the average operating margins achieved in the period immediately 
before the start of the budget period. There is no inclusion for any anticipated efficiency improvements.

The Directors consider that reasonably possible changes in these key assumptions would not cause a unit’s carrying amount to exceed its 
recoverable amount.

Care
The care-at-home market will continue to present strong growth opportunities. The Directors believe that future growth is underpinned by a number 
of factors including:

 »  the number of people aged over 65, who make up the bulk of care expenditure, is forecast to grow with a Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) 

of 3.3% between 2010 and 2021;

 »  the NHS is tasked with investing more in Continuing Health Care (CHC) spend in the community and with joining up its services with Social Care. 

CHC had a 12% CAGR between 2009 and 2012 and this is expected to continue. There are an increasing number of areas with joint commissioning 
between the NHS and Social Care, with the newly established Health and Well Being Boards being encouraged to continue this process of integration 
against clearly agreed local priorities;

 »  residential care remains a more expensive solution and one that is generally less preferred by service users. Given the considerable financial 

challenges facing the UK economy, care at home will benefit from this situation;

 »  continued policy directives, referencing the Dilnot Report, are supporting increased spend on care services, the most recent announcement being a 

£75k cap on the amount an individual will have to spend on funding their own care in the future. This will enable the development of more cost 
effective insurance products for those people wanting to protect themselves against paying for their own care in the future;

 »  there is rising political concern about the current underfunding of the sector, which management believes will lead to further funding 

announcements in the future; and

 »  a little over 10% of the market continues to be delivered by Local Authority in-house services; however, in parts of the country, notably Scotland, 

this is as high as 50%. Mears has been growing its presence within the areas which currently have high levels of in-sourcing. Given the lower costs 
within the private sector, further outsourcing is very likely.

The impairment reviews have incorporated no growth in years one and two and a growth assumption of 5.0% in years three to five, which the 
Directors believe to be realistic given the impact and timing of the factors noted above. The terminal growth rate of 2.5%, whilst marginally higher 
than the UK long-term growth rate of 2.25%, is considered appropriate based on the factors noted above.

Budgeted operating profits during the budget period are estimated by reference to the average operating margins achieved in the period immediately 
before the start of the budget period. There is no inclusion for any anticipated efficiency improvements.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

11. Goodwill continued
Care continued
The Directors consider that the Care value in use is most sensitive to changes in the terminal growth rate. The sensitivity of the calculated value in use to 
changes in explicit growth rate, terminal growth rate and discount rate is shown in the table below. The shaded values indicate situations which would 
result in impairment.

The table below shows the sensitivity (£’000) to simultaneous changes in the discount rate and the long-term growth rate.

Discount rate

7.7%

8.2%

8.7%

9.2%

9.7%

10.2%

10.7%

11.2%

11.7%

1.50%

31,773

22,698

14,885

8,089

2,122

(3,157)

(7,861)

(12,080)

(15,884)

Terminal growth rate

2.00%

39,783

29,361

20,496

12,863

6,222

392

(4,767)

(9,364)

2.50%

49,333

37,192

24,311

18,349

10,891

4,402

(1,295)

(6,337)

(13,487)

(10,831)

3.00%

60,915

46,530

34,669

24,720

16,257

8,969

2,628

(2,941)

(7,869)

3.50%

75,255

57,854

43,799

32,209

22,488

14,217

7,095

897

(4,546)

It is only when a simultaneous unfavourable change of greater than 0.5% occurs in both the terminal growth rate and the discount rate that the 
headroom falls below zero.

The table below shows sensitivity (£’000) to simultaneous changes in the explicit growth rate (2013–2017) and the long-term growth rate.

2013–2017 annual growth rate

3.0%

3.5%

4.0%

4.5%

5.0%

5.5%

6.0%

6.5%

7.0%

1.50%

(3,247)

(1,932)

(599)

752

2,122

3,511

4,918

6,345

7,791

Terminal growth rate

2.00%

545

1,935

3,345

4,774

6,222

7,690

9,179

10,687

12,216

2.50%

4,864

6,340

7,836

9,353

10,891

12,450

14,030

15,632

17,256

3.00%

9,828

11,402

12,998

14,616

16,257

17,922

19,606

21,315

23,047

3.50%

15,592

17,281

18,993

20,728

22,488

24,272

26,081

27,915

29,773

It is only when an unfavourable change of greater than approximately 1.0% occurs in the terminal growth rate combined with an unfavourable change 
of 0.5% combined with an unfavourable change in the explicit forecast period growth rate of 1.0% that the headroom falls below zero.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

77

Acquisition intangibles

Other intangibles

Client
relationships
£’000

Order
book
£’000

Total
acquisition
intangibles
£’000

Development
expenditure
£’000

Intellectual
property
£’000

Total
other
intangibles
£’000

Total
intangibles
£’000

31,732

13,549

45,281

2,656

224

2,880

48,161

4,214

2,084

—

38,030

20,714

—

—

—

—

13,549

—

—

4,214

2,084

—

51,579

20,714

—

58,744

13,549

72,293

13,480

5,535

19,015

7,811

6,752

2,248

9,000

150

20,232

7,783

28,015

7,961

26,826

9,150

35,976

—

—

1,419

4,075

—

1,115

5,190

703

577

1,280

908

2,188

31,918

19,015

4,399

4,549

36,317

23,564

3,002

2,795

—

—

—

224

—

—

224

90

44

134

44

178

46

90

—

—

1,419

4,299

—

1,115

5,414

793

621

1,414

952

4,214

2,084

1,419

55,878

20,714

1,115

77,707

21,025

8,404

29,429

8,913

2,366

38,342

3,048

2,885

39,365

26,449

12. Other intangible assets

Gross carrying amount

At 1 January 2011

Acquired on acquisition

Revision

Additions

At 1 January 2012

Acquired on acquisition

Additions

At 31 December 2012

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 January 2011

Amortisation charge for period

At 1 January 2012

Amortisation charge for period

At 31 December 2012

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2012

At 31 December 2011

Development expenditure relates to the development of the Group’s Social Housing job management system and the Group’s Care management system. 
Development expenditure is amortised over its useful economic life of 5.0 years. The weighted average remaining economic life of the asset is 3.7 years 
(2011: 4.1 years).

Intellectual property is amortised over its useful economic life of 5.0 years. The weighted average remaining economic life is one year.

Amortisation of development expenditure is included within other administrative expenses. Amortisation of acquisition intangibles is disclosed individually.

The value placed on the order book is based upon the cash flow projections over the contracts in place when a business is acquired. Due to 
uncertainties with trying to forecast revenues beyond the contract term, the Directors have taken a measure of prudence and value contracts 
over the contractual term only. The value of the order book is amortised over its remaining life.

The value placed on the customer relationships are based upon the non-contractual expected cash inflows. These cash flow projections assume 
a customer attrition rate of 5% based upon three-year historic trends.

Additions to intangible assets arising on acquisition are detailed within note 25.

Revisions in the previous year totalling £2.1m relate to reductions to the estimated fair value of assets acquired previously. A reduction in fair value 
of assets acquired in respect of the acquisition of Jackson Lloyd Limited of £1.8m relates to provisions and costs not accrued at the time of the 
acquisition. A reduction of fair value of net assets acquired in respect of the acquisition of the social housing business assets of the Bristol social 
housing division of Rok Building Limited of £0.3m relates to costs not accrued at the time of the acquisition. The revisions were not considered 
sufficiently material to warrant the restatement of the prior year provisional balances.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

13. Property, plant and equipment

Gross carrying amount

At 1 January 2011

Additions

Disposals

At 1 January 2012

Acquired on acquisition

Additions

Disposals

At 31 December 2012

Depreciation

At 1 January 2011

Provided in the year

Eliminated on disposals

At 1 January 2012

Acquired on acquisition

Provided in the year

Eliminated on disposals

At 31 December 2012

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2012

At 31 December 2011

14. Investments
The principal undertakings within the Group at 31 December 2012 are shown below:

Mears Limited 

Haydon Mechanical & Electrical Limited

Scion Technical Services Limited

Scion Estates Limited

Jackson Lloyd Limited

Morrison Facilities Services Limited

Morrison Scotland LLP

Manchester Working Limited

Mears Home Improvements Limited

Mears Care Limited

Mears Care (Northern Ireland) Limited

Mears Care (Scotland) Limited

Terraquest Solutions Limited

Mears Insurance Company Limited

Leasehold
improvements
£’000

Plant and
machinery
£’000

Fixtures,
fittings and
equipment
£’000

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

Total
£’000

7,370

1,407

(564)

8,213

803

646

(184)

2,852

336

—

3,188

1,263

611

—

19,700

2,231

—

21,931

15,514

2,608

2,689

32,611

17

(1,335)

1,371

—

—

3,991

(1,899)

34,703

17,580

3,865

(55)

(148)

(387)

9,478

5,062

39,998

1,223

55,761

3,608

916

(564)

3,960

305

922

(184)

2,149

168

—

2,317

1,072

353

—

12,455

2,085

—

14,540

13,031

2,381

2,286

20,498

69

(1,150)

1,205

—

38

3,238

(1,714)

22,022

14,408

3,694

(344)

(40)

(120)

5,003

3,742

29,912

1,123

39,780

4,475

4,253

1,320

10,086

871

7,391

100

166

15,981

12,681

Proportion held

Nature of business

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

66.7%

80%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Provision of maintenance services

Provision of M&E services

Provision of maintenance services

Provision of grounds maintenance

Provision of maintenance services

Provision of maintenance services

Provision of maintenance services

Provision of maintenance services

Provision of maintenance services

Provision of care

Provision of care

Provision of care

Provision of professional services

99.99%

Provision of insurance services

All material subsidiary undertakings prepare accounts to 31 December. All material subsidiary undertakings are registered in England and Wales with 
the exception of Mears Insurance Captive Limited, which is registered in Guernsey, Mears Care (Northern Ireland), which is registered in Northern Ireland, 
and Mears Care (Scotland), which is registered in Scotland.

A full list of subsidiary undertakings is available from the Company Secretary upon request.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

15. Inventories 

Materials and consumables

Work in progress

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

79

2012
£’000

2,634

9,199

11,833

2011
£’000

2,411

10,130

12,541

The Group consumed inventories totalling £495.6m during the year (2011: £414.2m). No items are being carried at fair value less costs to sell (2011: £nil).

16. Construction contracts
Revenue of £62.3m (2011: £74.2m) relating to construction contracts has been included in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Contract costs incurred

Recognised gross profits

Recognised gross losses

Balances outstanding comprise:

– retentions

– due from customers for construction contract work

– due to customers for construction contract work

2012
£’000

56,790

5,499

—

2011
£’000

59,368

14,829

—

62,289

74,197

5,710

6,395

(1,044)

4,965

5,799

(750)

Retentions will be payable upon acceptance of the work performed by the customer. Retentions are included in ‘Trade receivables’. The amounts 
due to customers for construction work are included in ‘Trade and other payables’.

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

17. Trade and other receivables

Current assets:

– trade receivables

– amounts recoverable on construction contracts

– amounts recoverable on non-construction contracts

– prepayments and accrued income

Non-current assets:

– trade receivables

Total trade and other receivables

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

69,416

6,395

92,927

11,532

56,940

5,799

57,880

4,476

180,270

125,095

2,798

2,384

183,068

127,479

Trade receivables are normally due within 30 to 60 days and do not bear any effective interest rate. All trade receivables are subject to credit risk exposure. 
Social Housing customers are typically Local Authorities and Housing Associations where credit risk is minimal. Care customers are typically County Councils 
where credit risk is minimal. Included in trade receivables is an amount of £2.8m (2011: £2.4m) which is due after more than one year and represents 
retention balances.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

17. Trade and other receivables continued
The ageing analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

Neither impaired nor past due

Less than three months past due but not impaired

More than three months but not impaired

Total trade and other receivables

18. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Accruals and deferred income

Social security and other taxes

Due to customers for construction contract work

Due to customers for non-construction contract work

Other creditors

Amounts due under finance lease contracts

2012
£’000

56,096

10,926

5,192

2011
£’000

49,831

6,246

3,247

72,214

59,324

2012
£’000

91,572

64,190

23,329

1,044

520

18,763

—

2011
£’000

67,898

14,502

17,464

750

684

4,580

38

199,418

105,916

The fair value of trade payables has not been disclosed as, due to their short duration, management considers the carrying amounts recognised 
in the Balance Sheet to be a reasonable approximation of their fair value.

The amounts due under construction contract work will generally be utilised within the next reporting period.

Included in other creditors is £0.46m (2011: £1.98m) relating to contingent consideration on acquisitions.

19. Financing liabilities

Current liabilities:

– interest rate swaps

Non-current liabilities:

– interest rate swaps

Total financing liabilities

20. Long-term other liabilities

Other creditors

Included in other creditors is £0.88m (2011: £0.88m) relating to contingent consideration on acquisitions.

2012
£’000

711

711

1,823

2,534

2012
£’000

879

2011
£’000

403

403

1,325

1,728

2011
£’000

879

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

81

21. Financial instruments
The Group uses a limited number of financial instruments comprising cash and liquid resources, borrowings, interest rate swaps and various items 
such as trade receivables and trade payables that arise directly from its operations. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to finance 
the Group’s operations. The Group seeks to finance its operations through a combination of retained earnings and borrowings and investing surplus 
cash on deposit. The Group uses financial instruments to manage the interest rate risks arising from its operations and sources of finance but has 
no interests in the trade of financial instruments.

Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets

Loans and receivables

Trade receivables

Amounts recoverable on contracts

Cash at bank and in hand

Financial liabilities

Fair value (level 2)

Interest rate swaps – ineffective

Interest rate swaps – effective

Amortised cost

Bank borrowings and overdrafts

Contingent consideration in respect of acquisitions

Trade payables

Accruals

Other creditors

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

72,214

99,322

57,616

59,324

63,679

46,571

229,152

169,574

—

—

(2,534)

(1,728)

(70,000)

(60,000)

(1,501)

(2,861)

(91,572)

(67,898)

(64,190)

(14,502)

(18,141)

(2,598)

(247,938)

(149,587)

(18,786)

19,987

The IFRS 7 level categorisation relates to the extent the fair value can be determined by reference to comparable market values. The classifications 
range from level 1, where instruments are quoted on an active market, through to level 3, where the assumptions used to arrive at fair value do not 
have comparable market data. The fair values of interest rate swaps have been calculated by a third party expert discounting estimated future 
cash flows on the basis of market expectations of future interest rates (level 2). There have been no transfers between levels during the year.

Fair value information
The fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities is as disclosed above and equals the book value with the exception of the contingent 
consideration in respect of acquisitions where the book value is £1.2m.

Financial risk management
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including interest rate risk and price risk); credit risk; and liquidity risk. 
The main risks faced by the Group relate to the availability of funds to meet business needs and the risk of credit default by customers. The Group’s 
overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the 
Group’s financial performance.

Risk management is carried out under policies and guidelines approved by the Board of Directors. 

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

21. Financial instruments continued
Borrowing facilities
The Group’s borrowing facilities are drawn on as required to manage its cash needs. Banking facilities are reviewed regularly and extended 
and replaced in advance of their expiry.

The Group had total borrowing facilities of £120m with Barclays Bank PLC and HSBC plc, of which £70m was utilised at 31 December 2012.

The facilities comprise a committed five-year £110.0m revolving credit facility and an unsecured overdraft facility of £10.0m. The undrawn amounts 
at 31 December 2012 were a £40.0m revolving credit facility and overdraft facility of £10.0m.

Interest rate risk management
The Group finances its operations through a mixture of retained profits and bank borrowings from major banking institutions at floating rates of interest 
based on LIBOR. The Group’s exposure to interest rates fluctuations on borrowings is managed through the use of interest rate swaps; hence the fixed 
rate borrowings relate to floating rate loans where the interest rate has been fixed by a hedging arrangement. The fair value of interest rate exposure 
on financial liabilities of the Group as at 31 December 2012 was:

Financial liabilities – 2012

Financial liabilities – 2011

Interest rate 

Fixed 
£’000

Floating
£’000

55,000

15,000

55,038

5,000

Zero
£’000

1,501

2,861

Total
£’000

71,501

62,899

The Group’s policy is to accept a degree of interest rate risk, provided the effects of the various potential changes in rates remain within certain 
prescribed parameters.

Accordingly, the Group has hedged the first £55m of the £120m revolving credit facility by entering into interest rate swap arrangements with Barclays 
Bank PLC and HSBC plc. This consists of two £27.5m swap contracts expiring in August 2016 with quarterly maturity, matching the underlying facility. 
The Group has designated this as two separate hedges of £45m and £10m respectively of the underlying borrowing for the purpose of hedge accounting 
under IAS 39.

The maturity of the interest rate swap contracts is as follows:

Within one year

1–2 years

2–5 years

More than five years

2012

2011

Nominal
amount
hedged
£’000

Applicable
interest
rates
%

—

—

—

—

Nominal
amount
hedged
£’000

—

—

Applicable
interest
rates
%

—

—

55,000

1.95%

55,000

1.95%

—

—

—

—

Effective interest rates
Interest rate swaps with fair value liabilities of £2.5m (2011: £1.7m) and remaining lives of three years and eight months have been accounted for in creditors.

The Group’s overall average cost of debt, including effective and ineffective interest rate swaps, is 3.3% as at 31 December 2012 (2011: 3.6%). 
Excluding these swaps the average is 2.6% (2011: 2.8%).

Cash flow hedging reserve
The cash flow hedging reserve comprises all gains and losses arising from the valuation of interest swap contracts which are effective hedges and mature 
after the year end. These are valued on a mark-to-market basis, are accounted for through the Statement of Comprehensive Income and are recycled 
through the Consolidated Income Statement when the hedged item affects the Consolidated Income Statement. The interest rate swap contracts 
have quarterly maturity and expires in August 2016.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

21. Financial instruments continued
Cash flow hedging reserve continued
Movements during the year were:

At 1 January 2011

Amounts transferred to the Consolidated Income Statement

Revaluations during the year

Deferred tax movement

At 1 January 2012

Amounts transferred to the Consolidated Income Statement

Revaluations during the year

Deferred tax movement

At 31 December 2012

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

83

£’000

—

204

(1,883)

420

(1,259)

505

(1,311)

152

(1,913)

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

At 31 December 2012 the Group had minimal exposure to movement in interest rates as the remaining interest rate risk was offset by the Group’s 
cash and short-term deposits.

If the interest rates had been 0.5% higher or lower and all other variables were held constant, the Group’s profit before taxation for the year ended 
31 December 2012 and reserves would decrease or increase, respectively, by £0.1m.

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Liquidity risk management
The main financial risks of the Group relate to the availability of funds to meet business needs.

The Group seeks to manage liquidity risk by ensuring sufficient liquidity is available to meet foreseeable needs and to invest cash assets safely and profitably.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve (comprising undrawn borrowing facilities and cash and cash equivalents) 
on the basis of expected cash flows. This is generally carried out at a local level in the operating companies of the Group in accordance with practice 
and limits set by the Group. These limits vary by location and take into account the liquidity and nature of the market in which the entity operates.

The quantum of committed borrowing facilities of the Group is regularly reviewed and is designed to exceed forecasted peak gross debt levels. For short-term 
working capital purposes, the Group utilises bank overdrafts as required. These facilities are regularly reviewed and are renegotiated ahead of their expiry date.

The table below shows the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities:

2012

Non-derivative financial liabilities:

Bank borrowings

Contingent consideration in respect of acquisitions

Derivative financial liabilities:

Interest rate swaps – effective

Interest rate swaps – ineffective

2011

Non-derivative financial liabilities:

Bank borrowings

Finance leases

Contingent consideration in respect of acquisitions

Derivative financial liabilities:

Interest rate swaps – effective

Interest rate swaps – ineffective

Within
1 year
£’000

1–2
years
£’000

2–5
years
£’000

Over 5
years
£’000

Total
£’000

15,000

461

711

—

5,000

38

1,861

403

—

— 55,000

— 70,000

879

663

—

—

—

879

354

—

—

1,160

—

55,000

—

—

971

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,340

2,534

—

60,000

38

2,740

1,728

—

The Group has disclosed core bank borrowings of £55m as due in two to five years. Whilst the amounts borrowed could be repaid each quarter, 
the Group’s intention is to align core bank borrowings with its interest rate swaps.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

21. Financial instruments continued
Credit risk management
The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables, amounts recoverable on contracts and work in progress. The amounts 
presented in the Balance Sheet are net of allowances for doubtful receivables, estimated by the Group’s management based on prior experience 
and the current economic environment.

Trade receivables are normally due within 30 to 60 days. Trade and other receivables included in the Balance Sheet are stated net of a bad debt provision 
which has been estimated by management following a review of individual receivable accounts. There is no Group-wide rate of provision and provision 
made for debts that are overdue is based on prior default experience and known factors at the balance sheet date. Receivables are written off against 
the bad debt provision when management considers that the debt is no longer recoverable.

Social Housing customers are typically Local Authorities and Housing Associations. Care customers are typically County Councils. The nature of 
both of these customers means that credit risk is minimal. M&E customers are typically large main contractors. Other trade receivables contain 
no specific concentration of credit risk as the amounts recognised represent a large number of receivables from various customers.

The Group continually monitors the position of major customers and incorporates this information into its credit risk controls. External credit ratings 
are obtained where appropriate.

Details of the ageing of trade receivables are shown in note 17.

Contingent consideration
The table below shows the movements in contingent consideration:

At 1 January 2011

Increase due to new acquisitions in the year

Paid in respect of acquisitions

Unwinding of discounting

At 1 January 2012

Released to operating profit on reassessment of contingent consideration

Unwinding of discounting

At 31 December 2012

 Total
£’000

2,820

400

(399)

40

2,861

(1,400)

40

1,501

Contingent consideration represents an estimate of future consideration likely to be payable in respect of acquisitions. Contingent consideration 
is discounted for the likelihood of payment and for the time value of money. Contingent consideration becomes payable based upon the profitability 
of acquired businesses or in the case of one specific acquisition the utilisation of certain timing differences in respect of corporation tax. 

Information as to the likely timing of payments in respect of these provisions is provided earlier within this note.

Capital maintenance
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are:

 »  to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits 

for other stakeholders; 

 » to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk; and

 » to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

The Group sets the amount of capital in proportion to risk. The Group manages the capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes 
in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust 
the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

The capital structure of the Group consists of net funds as disclosed below and equity as disclosed in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. 

Cash and cash equivalents is comprised as follows:

– cash at bank and in hand

– bank borrowings and overdrafts

Cash and cash equivalents

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

57,616

(70,000)

(12,384)

46,571

(60,000)

(13,429)

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

85

22. Deferred taxation
Deferred tax is calculated on temporary differences under the liability method.

Deferred tax asset
The Group asset for deferred tax as at 31 December 2012 is £16.1m (2011: £7.4m).

Pension
scheme
£’000

Share-based
payments
£’000

Cash flow
hedges
£’000

Tax
losses
£’000

Short-term
temporary
differences
£’000

At 1 January 2011

Debit to Income Statement

(Debit)/credit to Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Debit to Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

At 1 January 2012

Acquired on acquisition

(Debit)/credit to Income Statement

(Debit)/credit to Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Credit to Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

2,154

(215)

—

(479)

1,460

413

(926)

—

374

5,902

(54)

(349)

—

5,499

—

(91)

(2,607)

—

At 31 December 2012

1,321

2,801

—

—

420

—

420

—

—

151

—

571

—

—

—

—

—

5,360

1,774

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

4,009

(408)

—

—

Total
£’000

8,056

(269)

71

(479)

7,379

9,782

349

(2,456)

374

7,134

3,601

15,428

In accordance with IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payments’, the Group has recognised an expense for the consumption of employee services received as consideration 
for share options granted. A tax deduction will not arise until the options are exercised. The tax deduction in future periods is dependent upon the Company’s 
share price at the date of exercise. The estimated future tax deduction is based on the options’ intrinsic value at the balance sheet date.

The cumulative amount credited to the Income Statement is limited to the tax effect of the associated cumulative share-based payment expense. 
The excess has been credited directly to equity. This is presented in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

The deferred tax asset that arises on pre 7 November 2002 grants, even though the grants themselves are not accounted for within the Income 
Statement, is credited directly to equity.

In addition to those recognised above, unused tax losses totalling £25.3m (2011: £25.3m) have not been recognised as the Directors 
do not consider that it is probable that they will be recovered.

Deferred tax liabilities

At 1 January 2011

Acquired on acquisition

Credit to Income Statement

At 1 January 2012

Acquired on acquisition

Credit to Income Statement

Credit to Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

At 31 December 2012

Pension
scheme
£’000

Acquisition
intangibles
£’000

Accelerated
capital
allowances
£’000

—

—

—

—

3,259

(27)

(7)

6,683

978

(2,664)

4,997

4,765

(1,499)

—

300

—

—

300

—

(300)

—

Total
£’000

6,983

978

(2,664)

5,297

8,024

(1,826)

(7)

3,225

8,263

— 11,488

Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination are capitalised at fair value at the date of the acquisition and amortised over their useful 
economic lives. The UK tax regime calculates tax using the individual financial statements of the members of the Group and not the consolidated 
accounts. Hence, the tax base of acquisition intangible assets is £nil. The estimated tax effect of this £nil tax base is accounted for as a deferred 
tax liability which is released over the period of amortisation of the associated acquisition intangible asset.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

23. Share capital and reserves
Classes of reserves
Called up share capital represents the nominal value of shares that have been issued.

Share premium represents the difference between the nominal value of shares issued and the total consideration received.

Share-based payment reserve represents employee remuneration which is credited to the share-based payment reserve until the related share 
options are exercised. Upon exercise the share-based payment reserve is transferred to retained earnings.

The merger reserve relates to the difference between the nominal value and total consideration in respect of acquisitions, where the Company 
was entitled to the merger relief offered by the Companies Act.

Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid

At 1 January 85,658,763 (2011: 84,815,470) ordinary shares of 1p each

Issue of 2,833,489 (2011: nil) shares on acquisition of Morrison Facilities Services Limited

Issue of 3,367,659 (2011: 843,293) shares on exercise of share options

At 31 December 91,859,911 (2011: 85,658,763) ordinary shares of 1p each

2012
£’000

857

28

34

919

2011
£’000

848

—

9

857

During the year, 3,367,659 (2011: 843,293) ordinary 1p shares were issued in respect of share options exercised. The difference between the nominal 
value of £0.03m and the total consideration of £1.4m has been credited to the share premium account.

During the year, 2,833,489 ordinary 1p shares were issued in respect of the acquisition of Morrison Facilities Services Limited, with the difference 
between the nominal value of £0.03m and the total consideration of £8.0m being credited to the merger reserve.

The fair value of the liabilities acquired in respect of the acquisition of Morrison Facilities Services Limited is currently considered to be provisional 
awaiting further information in respect of certain liabilities. The fair value included above is the Directors’ best estimate of liabilities acquired.

24. Notes to the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
The following non-operating cash flow adjustments have been made to the result for the year before tax:

Depreciation 

Cost of acquisitions

Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation

Share-based payments

IAS 19 pension movement

Finance income

Finance cost

Total

2012
£’000

3,694

829

16

8,913

250

2011
£’000

3,238

79

(24)

8,404

200

(4,028)

(1,007)

(11)

2,773

12,436

—

2,429

13,319

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

87

25. Acquisitions
On 7 November 2012 the Group acquired the entire issued share capital of Morrison Facilities Services Limited for a total consideration of £24.1m which 
was satisfied by £16.1m in cash and the issue of 2,833,489 ordinary 1p shares. The fair value of shares issued was determined using the closing price 
on the acquisition date of 282.3p. The effect of the acquisition on the Group’s assets was as follows:

Book and provisional fair value

Assets

Non-current

Property, plant and equipment

Pension and other employee benefits

Deferred tax asset

Current

Inventories

Trade receivables

Current tax asset

Other receivables

Total assets

Liabilities

Non-current

Pension and other employee benefits

Deferred tax liabilities

Current

Short-term borrowings and overdrafts

Trade and other payables

Total liabilities

Net assets acquired

Intangibles capitalised

Deferred tax liability recognised in respect of intangibles capitalised

Goodwill capitalised

Satisfied by:

– cash

– shares issued

Morrison
Facilities
Services
Limited
£’000

3,172

14,171

9,782

1,380

36,316

317

2,373

67,511

(1,794)

(3,259)

(3,434)

(73,602)

(82,089)

(14,578)

20,255

(4,659)

23,102

24,120

16,120

8,000

24,120

Other
£’000

Total
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(100)

(100)

(100)

460

(106)

106

360

360

—

360

3,172

14,171

9,782

1,380

36,316

317

2,373

67,511

(1,794)

(3,259)

(3,434)

(73,702)

(82,189)

(14,678)

20,715

(4,765)

23,208

24,480

16,480

8,000

24,480

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

25. Acquisitions continued
The Morrison Facilities Services Limited intangible asset is recognised and valued at £20.3m. This represents the expected value to be derived from 
the acquired customer related contracts and associated relationships. The value placed on these customer relationships is based on the expected 
cash inflows over the estimated remaining life or each contract. The cash flows are discounted using a rate of 14.1% which the Directors consider 
is commensurate with the risks associated with capturing returns from the customer relationships. The estimated life is assumed to be the average 
remaining period of the contracts over which earnings from the customer relationships are expected to be generated. This is an average of five years 
for contracts relating to social housing and 20 years for contracts relating to facilities management.

The Directors consider that the value assigned to goodwill represents the workforce acquired and the access to additional geographical areas in the 
UK as a result of this acquisition.

In the period ended 31 December 2012, the Morrison Facilities Services Limited acquisition contributed revenue of £45.0m and a £5.1m operating loss 
before amortisation of acquisition intangibles.

For the year ended 31 December 2012, had the acquisition taken place on 1 January 2012, the combined Group full-year revenue for the year is estimated 
at £279.6m and the combined Group loss for the year before taxation is estimated at £37.0m.

Analysis of net outflow in respect of the purchase of the subsidiary undertakings:

Cash consideration

Stamp duty paid

Costs paid

Short-term borrowings and overdrafts

Cash refunded in respect of prior year acquisitions

Total
£’000

(16,360)

(120)

(830)

(3,434)

223

(20,521)

During the year the Group received £0.2m in respect of a refund of consideration paid relating to acquisitions in prior periods which has been 
accounted for as a measurement period adjustment and has reduced the value of goodwill capitalised.

26. Pensions
Defined contribution schemes
The Group operates a defined contribution Group personal pension scheme for the benefit of certain employees. The Group contributes to personal 
pension schemes of certain Directors and senior employees. The Group operates a stakeholder pension plan available to all employees. During the 
year, the Group contributed £1.6m (2011: £1.7m) to these schemes.

Defined benefit schemes
The Group contributes to 30 (2011: 15) principal defined benefit schemes on behalf of a number of employees which require contributions to be made 
to separately administered funds.

These pension schemes are operated on behalf of Mears Limited, Scion Group Limited, Mears Care Limited, Morrison Facilities Services Limited 
and their subsidiary undertakings. The assets of the scheme are administered by trustees in funds independent from the assets of the Group.

In certain cases, the Group will participate under Admitted Body status in the Local Government Pension Scheme. The Group will contribute for a 
finite period up until the end of the particular contract. The Group is required to pay regular contributions as detailed in the scheme’s schedule of 
contributions. In some cases these contributions are capped and any excess can be recovered from the body from which the employees originally 
transferred. Where the Pension Scheme has a contractual right to recover the costs of making good any deficit in the scheme from the Group’s client, 
the fair value of that asset has been recognised within the Group’s share of the scheme assets and disclosed on page 89. Certain judgements around 
the value of this asset have been made and are discussed in the judgements and estimates disclosure within the accounting policies.

Following the transfer of a number of employees in respect of new contracts in the year, the Group has gained Admitted Body status for four additional 
defined benefit schemes. At the time of admission these schemes had a net surplus of £13.4m. The initial plan assets and liabilities recognised as 
a result of these admissions are shown as ‘Contract transfers’ on pages 90 and 91. 

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

89

26. Pensions continued
Defined benefit schemes continued
On the acquisition of Morrison Facilities Services Limited, the Group acquired Admitted Body status for ten additional defined benefit schemes 
and acquired one additional Group defined benefit scheme. The initial plan assets and liabilities recognised as a result of this acquisition 
are shown as ‘Acquisitions’ on pages 90 and 91.

The disclosures in respect of the two (2011: one) Group defined benefit schemes and the 28 (2011: 14) other defined benefit schemes in this note 
have been aggregated.

IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’
Costs and liabilities of the scheme are based on actuarial valuations. The latest full actuarial valuations for the schemes were updated 
to 31 December 2012 by qualified independent actuaries using the projected unit method.

The principal actuarial assumptions at the balance sheet date are as follows:

Rate of increase of salaries – long term

Rate of increase for pensions in payment

Discount rate

Retail Price Inflation

Consumer Price Inflation

Life expectancy for a 65 year old male

Life expectancy for a 65 year old female

Expected rates of return on investments are:

Equities

Bonds

Property

Cash

The amounts recognised in the Balance Sheet and major categories of plan assets are:

Equities

Bonds

Guarantee

Property

Cash

Group’s estimated asset share

Present value of funded scheme liabilities

Funded status

Scheme surpluses not recognised as assets

Pension asset/(liability)

Group
schemes
£’000

2012

Other
schemes
£’000

Total
£’000

38,576

184,571

223,147

44,390

64,898

109,288

—

1,136

5,635

3,172

20,319

13,368

3,172

21,455

19,003

89,737

286,328

376,065

Group
schemes
£’000

6,279

1,661

—

16

349

8,305

(79,336)

(260,689)

(340,025)

(13,097)

(68,828)

(81,925)

10,401

25,639

36,040

(4,792)

— (27,758)

(27,758)

—

10,401

(2,119)

8,282

(4,792)

5,482

(6,530)

(1,048)

690

(6,530)

(5,840)

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2012

2.85%

2.5%

4.7%

2.85%

2.15%

2011

3.0%

2.6%

4.9%

3.0%

2.0%

21.4 years

21.4 years

23.8 years

23.6 years

2012
%

7.50

4.70

6.75

2.85

2011

Other
schemes
£’000

47,169

17,996

126

7,274

1,745

2011
%

7.75

4.70

7.25

3.20

Total
£’000

53,448

19,657

126

7,290

2,094

74,310

82,615

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

26. Pensions continued
IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ continued
The amounts recognised in the Income Statement are as follows:

Current service cost

Past service cost

Total operating charge

Amount charged to net interest payable:

– expected return on pension scheme assets

– interest on obligations

Total charged to the result for year

Cumulative actuarial gains and losses recognised in equity are as follows:

At 1 January

On TUPE transfer of employees

Actuarial gain/(loss) recognised in the year

Other
Group
schemes
£’000

563

—

563

2012

Other
schemes
£’000

3,397

—

Total
£’000

3,960

—

3,397

3,960

(1,117)

(8,891)

(10,008)

1,259

5,777

7,036

142

705

(3,114)

(2,972)

283

988

Group
schemes
£’000

218

—

218

(531)

675

144

362

Group
schemes
£’000

2012

Other
schemes
£’000

Total
£’000

Group
schemes
£’000

2011

Other
schemes
£’000

2,447

—

2,447

(4,674)

4,251

(423)

2,024

2011

Other
schemes
£’000

Total
£’000

2,665

—

2,665

(5,205)

4,926

(279)

2,386

Total
£’000

(1,380)

(6,433)

(7,813)

(1,317)

(7,342)

(8,659)

— 13,447

13,447

172

(784)

(1,208)

6,230

(612)

5,022

—

(63)

(1,380)

—

(540)

7,434

(448)

(5,985)

(6,433)

2011

Other
schemes
£’000

77,725

2,447

—

4,251

796

(1,145)

3,948

—

(541)

7,372

(1,828)

(5,985)

(7,813)

Total
£’000

90,837

2,665

—

4,926

865

(1,474)

3,948

—

Other
Group
schemes
£’000

13,098

563

—

1,259

159

(895)

2012

Other
schemes
£’000

68,827

3,397

—

5,777

1,261

Total
£’000

81,925

3,960

—

7,036

1,420

Group
schemes
£’000

13,112

218

—

675

69

(2,308)

(3,203)

(329)

— 32,474

32,474

64,810

149,441

214,251

—

—

Reduction in actuarial gain/(loss) due to non-recognition of scheme surpluses

— (15,118)

(15,118)

Total at 31 December

(1,208)

(8,888)

(10,096)

(1,380)

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligations are as follows:

Present value of obligations at 1 January

Current service cost

Past service cost

Interest on obligations

Plan participants’ contributions

Benefits paid

Contract transfer

Acquisitions

Actuarial loss/(gain)

342

1,820

2,162

(648)

(19,194)

(19,842)

Present value of obligations at 31 December

79,336

260,689

340,025

13,097

68,828

81,925

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

26. Pensions continued
IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ continued
Changes in the fair value of the plan assets are as follows:

Fair value of plan assets at 1 January

Expected return on plan assets

Employers’ contributions

Plan participants’ contributions

Benefits paid

Contract transfer

Acquisitions

Actuarial gain/(loss)

Fair value of plan assets at 31 December

History of experience gains and losses are as follows:

Fair value of scheme assets

Net present value of defined benefit obligations

Net surplus/(deficit)

Experience adjustments arising on scheme assets

Amount

Percentage of scheme assets

Experience adjustments arising on scheme liabilities

Amount

Percentage of scheme assets

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

91

Other
Group
schemes
£’000

8,305

1,117

1,556

159

(895)

2012

Other
schemes
£’000

74,310

8,891

3,460

1,261

Total
£’000

82,615

10,008

5,016

1,420

(2,308)

(3,203)

— 45,921

45,921

78,981

153,757

232,738

514

1,036

1,550

89,737

286,328

376,065

Group
schemes
£’000

7,694

531

1,051

69

(329)

—

—

(711)

8,305

2011

Other
schemes
£’000

75,995

4,674

2,342

796

(1,145)

3,407

—

Total
£’000

83,689

5,205

3,393

865

(1,474)

3,407

—

(11,759)

(12,470)

74,310

82,615

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Group schemes

2012
£’000

89,737

2011
£’000

8,305

2010
£’000

7,694

(79,336)

(13,097)

(13,112)

10,401

(4,792)

(5,418)

514

0.6%

—

—

(711)

(8.6%)

(21)

(0.2%)

(20)

(0.3%)

(21)

(0.2%)

2009
£’000

2,220

(2,521)

(321)

186

8.4%

(79)

(3.1%)

2008
£’000

1,783

(2,231)

(448)

(411)

(23.1%)

—

—

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

26. Pensions continued
IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ continued

Fair value of scheme assets

Net present value of defined benefit obligations

Net surplus/(deficit)

Asset value not recognised as surplus

Net deficit

Experience adjustments arising on scheme assets

Amount

Percentage of scheme assets

Experience adjustments arising on scheme liabilities

Amount

Percentage of scheme assets

Other schemes

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

2010
£’000

2009
£’000

2008
£’000

286,328

74,310

75,995

62,005

43,792

(260,689)

(68,828)

(77,725)

(64,485)

(40,547)

25,639

(27,758)

(2,119)

5,482

(6,530)

(1,048)

1,036

0.4%

(11,759)

(15.8%)

3

—

8,521

12.4%

(1,730)

(545)

(2,575)

3,521

4.6%

397

0.5%

(2,460)

(424)

(2,884)

9,561

15.4%

1,443

2.2%

(2,349)

(3,285)

(5,634)

(8,116)

18.5%

4

—

The employers’ contributions expected to be paid during the financial year ending 31 December 2013 amount to £9.4m.

27. Operating lease commitments
Non-cancellable operating lease rentals payable were as follows:

Payable

Within one year

Between two and five years

After more than five years

Land and buildings

Other

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

3,270

7,885

2,982

2,543

6,556

2,948

15,029

23,726

—

9,842

14,798

—

Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for certain of its office properties, the hire of vehicles and the hire of other equipment. 
These leases have durations ranging from three to 15 years. No arrangements have been entered into in respect of contingent rental payments.

28. Capital commitments
The Group had no capital commitments at 31 December 2012 or at 31 December 2011.

29. Contingent liabilities
The Group has guaranteed that it will complete certain contracts that it has commenced. At 31 December 2012 these guarantees amounted 
to £10.8m (2011: £8.6m).

The Group had no other contingent liabilities at 31 December 2012 or at 31 December 2011.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Group continued

93

30. Related party transactions
Identity of related parties
The Group has a related party relationship with its pension schemes, its subsidiaries and with its Directors.

Pension schemes
Details of contributions to pension schemes are set out in note 26 to the financial statements.

Subsidiaries
The Group has a central treasury arrangement in which all subsidiaries participate. The Directors do not consider it meaningful to set out details 
of transfers made in respect of this treasury arrangement between companies, nor do they consider it meaningful to set out details of interest 
or dividend payments made within the Group.

Transactions with key management personnel
The Group has identified key management personnel as the Directors of Mears Group PLC.

Key management personnel held the following percentage of voting shares in Mears Group PLC:

Directors

Key management personnel’s compensation is as follows:

Salaries

Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes

Share-based payments

2012
%

0.4

2012
£’000

2,025

185

50

2,260

2011
%

0.9

2011
£’000

1,560

190

60

1,810

Further details of Directors’ remuneration are disclosed within the Remuneration Report.

Transactions with other related parties
During the year the Group purchased customer care related services from Asert LLP, a company in which Mears Group PLC is a 50% partner, totalling 
£0.01m (2011: £0.01m). At 31 December 2012 the Group was owed £0.01m (2011: £0.02m) by Asert LLP. The Group also purchased call centre related 
services from Mears 24/7 LLP, a company in which Mears Limited is a 50% partner, totalling £2.1m (2011: £0.3m). At 31 December 2012 the Group 
owed £0.1m (2011: £nil) to Mears 24/7 LLP.

During the year Morrison Scotland LLP purchased goods and services totalling £3.3m from Morrison Scotland Services Limited. At 31 December 2012 
Morrison Scotland LLP owed Morrison Scotland Services Limited £5.7m. At 31 December 2012 Morrison Scotland Services Limited owed Morrison 
Facilities Services Limited £10.9m. During the year Manchester Working Limited purchased goods and services totalling £0.01m from Morrison 
Facilities Services Limited. At 31 December 2012 Morrison Facilities Services Limited owed Manchester Working Limited £1.8m.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94

Financial statements 
> Principal accounting policies – Company

Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with applicable United Kingdom accounting standards and under the historical 
cost convention.

The principal accounting policies of the Company are set out below. The following accounting policies have remained unchanged from the 
previous year. 

Investments
Investments are included at cost net of any provision for impairment.

Goodwill
Goodwill representing the reallocation of amounts previously classed as investments upon the hive across of trade and assets is capitalised 
and amortised on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful economic life.

Share-based employee remuneration
All share-based payment arrangements that were granted after 7 November 2002 are recognised in the financial statements. 

The Group operates equity-settled share-based remuneration plans for its employees. All employee services received in exchange for the grant of 
any share-based remuneration are measured at their fair values. These are indirectly determined by reference to the fair value of the share options 
awarded. Their value is determined at the date of grant and is not subsequently remeasured unless the conditions on which the award was granted 
are modified. The fair value at the date of the grant is calculated using the Binomial and Monte Carlo option pricing models and the cost is recognised 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Adjustments are made to reflect expected and actual forfeitures during the vesting period. 

Share-based remuneration in respect of employees of the Company is ultimately recognised as an expense in the Income Statement with a corresponding 
credit to share-based payment reserve. 

Upon exercise of share options, the proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs up to the nominal value of the shares issued 
are allocated to share capital with any excess being recorded as share premium.

Deferred taxation
Deferred tax is recognised on all timing differences where the transactions or events that give the Company an obligation to pay more tax in the 
future, or a right to pay less tax in the future, have occurred by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are recognised where it is more likely 
than not that they will be recovered. Deferred tax is measured using rates of tax that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date.

Retirement benefits
i) Defined contribution pension scheme
The pension costs charged against profits are the contributions payable to individual policies in respect of the accounting period.

ii) Defined benefit pensions
The Company contributes to one defined benefit scheme.

A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one 
or more factors such as age, years of service and salary. The legal obligations for any benefits from this kind of pension plan remain with the Company.

Scheme assets are measured at fair values. Scheme liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis using the projected unit method and are discounted 
at appropriate high quality corporate bond rates that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related liability. Appropriate adjustments 
are made for past service costs. Past service cost is recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become 
vested. To the extent that benefits are already vested, the Group recognises past service cost immediately.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately through the Statement of Total Recognised Gains and Losses. The net surplus or deficit 
is presented with other net assets on the Balance Sheet, net of any related deferred balance. A surplus is recognised only to the extent that 
it is recoverable by the Company.

The Company’s contributions to the scheme are paid in accordance with the rules of the schemes and the recommendations of the actuary.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Principal accounting policies – Company continued

95

Financial instruments
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity 
instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the entity after deducting all of its financial liabilities.

Where the contractual obligations of financial instruments (including share capital) are equivalent to a similar debt instrument, those financial 
instruments are classed as financial liabilities. Financial liabilities are presented as such in the Balance Sheet. Finance costs and gains or losses 
relating to financial liabilities are included in the profit and loss account. Finance costs are calculated so as to produce a constant rate of return 
on the outstanding liability.

Where the contractual terms of share capital do not have any terms meeting the definition of a financial liability then this is classed as an equity 
instrument. Dividends and distributions relating to equity instruments are debited direct to equity.

Trade debtors
Trade debtors are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise when 
the Company provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of trading the debtors. Trade debtors are initially recorded 
at invoiced value (less any provisional estimate for impairment) and subsequently remeasured at invoiced value, less an updated provision for 
impairment. Any change in their value through impairment or reversal of impairment is recognised in the profit and loss account.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash at bank and in hand and bank deposits available at less than 24 hours’ notice. Bank overdrafts are presented 
as current liabilities to the extent that there is no right of offset with cash balances. 

Following initial recognition, financial assets are subsequently remeasured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value. 
The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature 
of the item being hedged.

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to interest rate risks arising from its financing activities. In accordance with 
its treasury policy the Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. The Company recognises gains or losses 
on derivatives at fair value through the profit and loss account except where cash flow hedge accounting is applied.

Hedge accounting for interest rate swaps
Where an interest rate swap is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of an existing or highly probable forecast loan interest payment, 
the effective part of any valuation gain or loss on the swap instrument is recognised in equity in the hedging reserve. The cumulative gain or loss is 
removed from equity and recognised in the profit and loss account at the same time as the hedged transaction. The ineffective part of any gain or 
loss is recognised in the profit and loss account immediately.

When a hedging instrument or hedge relationship is terminated but the hedged transaction is still expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss at 
that point remains in equity and is recognised in accordance with the above policy when the transaction occurs. If the hedged transaction is no longer 
probable, the cumulative unrealised gain or loss recognised in equity is recognised in the Income Statement immediately.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96

Financial statements 
> Parent company balance sheet 
> as at 31 December 2012

Fixed assets

Intangible assets: goodwill

Investments

Current assets

Debtors

Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current assets 

Total assets less current liabilities

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Provisions for liabilities

Pension liability

Capital and reserves

Called up share capital

Share premium account

Share-based payment reserve

Hedging reserve

Profit and loss account

Equity shareholders’ funds

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 9 April 2013.

R Holt   
Director  

A C M Smith
Director

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

Note

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

5

6

7

8

2,907

73,197

76,104

3,876

57,048

60,924

76,664

77,141

963

77,627

(17,759)

59,868

—

77,141

(7,547)

69,594

135,972

130,518

9

(55,879)

(55,879)

14

10

11

11

11

11

(2,789)

77,304

(3,594)

71,045

919

857

34,910

33,554

1,685

(1,913)

41,703

77,304

2,965

(1,259)

34,928

71,045

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Company

97

1. Profit for the financial year
The Parent Company has taken advantage of Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and has not included its own profit and loss account in these 
financial statements. The Group profit for the year includes a profit of £11.9m (2011: £16.2m) which is dealt with in the financial statements of the 
Company. This result is stated after charging auditor’s remuneration of £64,000 relating to audit services and £5,000 relating to taxation services.

2. Directors and employees
Employee benefits expense
All staff costs relate to Directors. Staff costs during the year were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

The average number of employees of the Company during the year was:

Office and management

2012
£’000

1,273

752

185

2,210

2011
£’000

1,351

209

190

1,750

2012
Number

11

2011
Number

11

Details relating to the remuneration in respect of the highest paid Director are detailed in note 5 of the consolidated financial statements.

3. Share-based employee remuneration
As at 31 December 2012 the Group maintained six share-based payment schemes for employee remuneration. The details of each scheme are included 
within note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

All share-based employee remuneration will be settled in equity. The Group has no legal obligation to repurchase or settle the options.

In total, £0.1m of employee remuneration expense has been included in the Company’s profit and loss account for 2012 (2011: £0.1m), which gave rise 
to additional paid-in capital. No liabilities were recognised due to share-based payment transactions.

4. Dividends
The following dividends were paid on ordinary shares in the year:

Final 2011 dividend of 5.35p (2011: final 2010 dividend of 4.85p) per share

Interim 2012 dividend of 2.30p (2011: interim 2011 dividend of 2.15p) per share 

2012
£’000

4,698

2,041

6,739

2011
£’000

4,123

1,839

5,962

The proposed final 2012 dividend of 5.70p per share has not been included within the financial statements as no obligation existed at 31 December 2012.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Company continued

5. Goodwill

Cost

At 1 January 2012 and at 31 December 2012

Amortisation

At 1 January 2012

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2012

Net book value

At 31 December 2012

At 31 December 2011

6. Fixed asset investments

Cost

At 1 January 2012

Additions

At 31 December 2012

Goodwill
£’000

6,196

2,320

969

3,289

2,907

3,876

Investment in
subsidiary
undertakings
£’000

Loans
£’000

Total
£’000

35,048

16,149

51,197

22,000

—

57,048

16,149

22,000

73,197

Additions to investments in subsidiary undertakings relate to the acquisition of Morrison Facilities Services Limited. The entire share 
capital of Morrison Facilities Services Limited was acquired on 8 November 2012. Further details are provided in note 25 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

Details of the principal subsidiary undertakings of the Company are shown in note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.

7. Debtors

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Prepayments and accrued income

Deferred tax asset

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

74,915

75,574

1,177

572

76,664

1,147

420

77,141

The deferred tax asset above of £0.6m is due after more than one year. The recoverability of the deferred tax asset is dependent on future taxable 
profits. The Company expects to realise sufficient profits to enable the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

8. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Bank loan

Bank overdraft

Other creditors

Accruals

Included within accruals is £2.7m (2011: £2.0m) relating to an interest rate hedge.

9. Creditors: amounts falling due in more than one year

Bank loan

Other creditors

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Company continued

99

2012
£’000

15,000

—

9

2,750

17,759

2011
£’000

5,000

588

2

1,957

7,547

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

55,000

55,000

879

879

55,879

55,879

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

The Company has disclosed core bank borrowings of £55m as due in two to five years. Whilst the amounts borrowed could be repaid each quarter, 
the Company’s intention is to align core bank borrowings with its interest rate swaps.

Included in other creditors is £0.9m (2011: £0.9m) relating to deferred consideration on acquisitions.

10. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid

85,658,763 (2011: 84,815,470) ordinary shares of 1p each

Issue of 2,833,489 (2011: nil) shares on acquisition of Morrison Facilities Services Limited

Issue of 3,367,659 (2011: 843,293) shares on exercise of share options

91,859,911 (2011: 85,658,763) ordinary shares of 1p each

2012
£’000

857

28

34

919

2011
£’000

848

—

9

857

During the year, 3,367,659 (2011: 843,293) ordinary 1p shares were issued in respect of share options exercised. The difference between the nominal 
value of £0.03m and the total consideration of £1.4m has been credited to the share premium account.

During the year, 2,833,489 ordinary 1p shares were issued in respect of the acquisition of Morrison Facilities Services Limited. The Company took 
advantage of merger relief in respect of the difference between the nominal value of £0.03m and the total consideration of £8.0m.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Company continued

11. Share premium account and reserves

At 1 January 2012

Issue of shares

Share option charges

Exercise of share options

Cash flow hedge

Profit for the year

Equity dividends

Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension scheme net of deferred tax

Share
capital
£’000

857

62

—

—

—

—

—

—

Share
premium
account 
£’000

33,554

1,356

—

—

—

—

—

—

Share-based
 payment
reserve
£’000

Hedging
reserve
£’000

Profit
and loss
account 
£’000

2,965

(1,259)

34,928

—

250

(1,530)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(654)

—

—

—

—

—

1,530

—

11,942

(6,739)

42

At 31 December 2012

919

34,910

1,685

(1,913)

41,703

12. Capital commitments
The Company had no capital commitments at 31 December 2012 or at 31 December 2011.

13. Contingent liabilities
The Company had no contingent liabilities at 31 December 2012 or at 31 December 2011.

14. Pensions
Defined contribution schemes
The Company contributes to personal pension schemes of the Directors.

Defined benefit scheme
The Company operates a defined benefit pension scheme for the benefit of certain employees of its subsidiary companies. The assets of the 
schemes are administered by trustees in a fund independent from the assets of the Company.

Costs and liabilities of the scheme are based on actuarial valuations. The actuarial valuations were reviewed and updated to 31 December 2012 
by a qualified independent actuary using the projected unit method.

The principal actuarial assumptions at the balance sheet date are as follows:

Rate of increase of salaries

Rate of increase for pensions in payment

Discount rate

Retail price inflation

Life expectancy for a 65 year old male

Life expectancy for a 65 year old female

Expected rates of return on investments are:

Equities

Bonds

Property

Cash

2012

2.85%

2.5%

4.7%

2.85%

2011

3.0%

2.6%

4.9%

3.0%

22.5 years

22.4 years

24.0 years

23.9 years

2012
%

7.50

4.70

6.75

2.85

2011
%

7.75

4.70

7.25

3.20

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Company continued

101

14. Pensions continued
Defined benefit scheme continued
The amounts recognised in the Balance Sheet and major categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are:

Equities

Bonds

Property

Cash

Group’s estimated asset share

Present value of funded scheme liabilities

Funded status

Related deferred tax asset

Pension liability

The amounts recognised in the profit and loss account are as follows:

Current service cost

Past service cost

Total operating charge

Amount charged to net interest payable:

– expected return on pension scheme assets

– interest on obligations

Total charged to the result for year

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligations are as follows:

Present value of obligations at 1 January

Current service cost

Past service cost

Interest on obligations

Plan participants’ contributions

Benefits paid

Change of principal employer

Transfer in

Actuarial gain/(loss)

2012
£’000

7,953

1,835

102

306

2011
£’000

6,279

1,661

17

348

10,196

8,305

(13,818)

(13,097)

(3,622)

833

(2,789)

(4,792)

1,198

(3,594)

2012
£’000

195

—

195

2011
£’000

109

—

109

(607)

(454)

636

29

224

2012
£’000

13,097

195

—

636

76

(498)

—

—

312

609

155

264

2011
£’000

—

109

—

609

35

(315)

10,591

2,525

(457)

Present value of obligations at 31 December

13,818

13,097

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Company continued

14. Pensions continued
Defined benefit scheme continued
Changes in the fair value of the plan assets are as follows:

Fair value of plan assets at 1 January

Expected return on plan assets

Employers’ contributions

Plan participants’ contributions

Benefits paid

Change of principal employer

Transfer in

Actuarial gain/(loss)

Fair value of plan assets at 31 December

The movements in the net pension liability and the amount recognised in the Balance Sheet are as follows:

Deficit in schemes at 1 January

Current service cost

Past service cost

Contributions

Other finance income

Actuarial loss

Change of principal employer

Transfer in

Deficit in schemes at 31 December

Cumulative actuarial gains and losses recognised in equity are as follows:

At 1 January

Change of principal employer

Transfer in

Actuarial loss recognised in the year

Total at 31 December

2012
£’000

8,305

607

1,192

76

(498)

—

—

514

10,196

2012
£’000

(4,792)

(195)

—

1,192

(29)

202

—

—

(3,622)

2012
£’000

(5,412)

—

—

202

2011
£’000

—

454

884

35

(315)

5,494

2,384

(631)

8,305

2011
£’000

—

(109)

—

884

(155)

(174)

(5,097)

(141)

(4,792)

2011
£’000

—

(5,097)

(141)

(174)

(5,210)

(5,412)

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

14. Pensions continued
Defined benefit scheme continued
History of experience gains and losses are as follows:

Fair value of scheme assets

Net present value of defined benefit obligations

Net deficit

Experience adjustments arising on scheme assets

Amount

Percentage of scheme assets

Experience adjustments arising on scheme liabilities

Amount

Percentage of scheme assets

Financial statements 
> Notes to the financial statements – Company continued

103

2012
£’000

10,196

2011
£’000

8,305

(13,818)

(13,097)

(3,622)

(4,792)

514

5.0%

(631)

(4.8%)

—

—

—

—

2010
£’000

—

— 

— 

—

—

—

—

2009
£’000

—

— 

— 

—

—

—

—

1
–
1
1

1
2
–
2
7

2
8
–
4
9

5
0
–
1
0
4

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

R
e
v
e
w
o
f

t
h
e
y
e
a
r

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

The employer’s contributions expected to be paid during the financial year ending 31 December 2013 amount to £1.2m.

15. Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption with FRS 8 not to disclose transactions with companies which are 100% owned by the Group.

During the year one of the Company’s subsidiaries, Mears Limited, purchased customer care related services from Asert LLP, a company in which 
Mears Group PLC is a 50% partner, totalling £0.01m (2011: £0.01m). At 31 December 2012 Mears Limited was owed £0.01m (2011: £0.02m) by Asert LLP. 
Mears Limited also purchased call centre related services from Mears 24/7 LLP, a company in which Mears Limited is a 50% partner, totalling £2.1m 
(2011: £0.3m). At 31 December 2012 Mears Limited owed £0.1m (2011: £nil) to Mears 24/7 LLP.

During the year Morrison Scotland LLP purchased goods and services totalling £3.3m from Morrison Scotland Services Limited. At 31 December 2012 
Morrison Scotland LLP owed Morrison Scotland Services Limited £5.7m. At 31 December 2012 Morrison Scotland Services Limited owed Morrison 
Facilities Services Limited £10.9m. During the year Manchester Working Limited purchased goods and services totalling £0.01m from Morrison 
Facilities Services Limited. At 31 December 2012 Morrison Facilities Services Limited owed Manchester Working Limited £1.8m.

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104

Financial statements 
> Five year record

Income statement

Revenue by business segment

Social Housing

Care

Other Services

Total sales revenue

Gross profit

Operating profit before acquisition intangible amortisation and exceptional costs

Operating profit

Profit for the year before tax

Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

Dividends per share

Balance sheet

Non-current assets

Current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total equity

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

2010
£’000

2009
£’000

2008
£’000

504,686

112,550

62,289

415,000

108,518

65,453

379,400

100,358

44,177

355,260

282,046

60,050

54,836

54,611

83,719

679,525

588,971

523,935

470,146

420,376

183,902

174,764

150,533

133,298

110,655

31,441

20,603

20,813

33,608

22,731

20,582

31,320

18,751

16,352

24,753

19,773

18,379

21,029

17,429

16,582

21.89p

21.04p

19.87p

19.03p

17.70p

16.57p

18.81p

17.94p

17.36p

16.82p

8.00p

7.50p

6.75p

5.70p

4.75p

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

211,874

149,923

249,719 

184,207

2010
£’000

146,639

143,669

2009
£’000

2008
£’000

89,824

76,505

123,793

110,140

(272,844)

(169,004)

(133,119)

(98,608)

(87,294)

(19,931)

(13,341)

(15,635)

(9,081)

168,818

151,785

141,554

105,928

(3,647)

95,704

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

(12,384)

(13,429)

(12,243)

6,511 

6,594

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

The Group’s commitment to environmental issues is reflected in this Annual Report 
which has been printed on Cocoon Offset which is made from 100% post-consumer 
fibres, FSC® certified and PCF (Process Chlorine Free). Printed in the UK by 
 and 
using their 
 environmental printing technology, and vegetable 
 is a CarbonNeutral® company. Both manufacturing 
inks were used throughout. 
mill and the printer are registered to the Environmental Management System ISO14001 
and are Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC) chain-of-custody certified.

The unavoidable carbon emissions generated during the manufacture and delivery of this 
document, have been reduced to net zero through a verified carbon offsetting project.

Mears Group PLC Annual report and accounts 2012

www.mearsgroup.co.uk

 
Mears Group PLC
1390 Montpellier Court 
Gloucester Business Park 
Brockworth 
Gloucester GL3 4AH 
Tel: 01452 634 600
www.mearsgroup.co.uk

M
e
a
r
s
G
r
o
u
p
P
L
C
/
A
n
n
u
a

l

r
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
a
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
1
2